--- title: "Numbered Discourses: The Sevens · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Sattakanipāta" author: "The Buddha" translator: "Bhikkhu Sujato" languages: [pi, en] shelf: "Pali Canon" url: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/ cite: "The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato, Numbered Discourses: The Sevens · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Sattakanipāta. Scriptura (scriptura.si), https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/" --- # Numbered Discourses: The Sevens · Aṅguttara Nikāya · Sattakanipāta *The Buddha, tr. Bhikkhu Sujato* Teachings grouped in sevens: seven factors of awakening, seven kinds of wives, seven treasures. > Pali: the Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka (Buddha Jayanti edition, 2500), from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). > English: Bhikkhu Sujato, from SuttaCentral’s bilara-data, dedicated to the public domain (CC0). Notes are not included. > Rows follow the segment numbers the two texts share, gathered into paragraphs; verse keeps its lines. ## Contents 1. [Wealth · AN 7.1–7.8](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/1.md) 2. [Tendencies · AN 7.11–7.20](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/2.md) 3. [The Vajji Seven · AN 7.21–7.31](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/3.md) 4. [Deities · AN 7.32–7.43](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/4.md) 5. [A Great Sacrifice · AN 7.44–7.50](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/5.md) 6. [A Great Sacrifice · AN 7.51–7.53](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/6.md) 7. [The Undeclared Points · AN 7.54–7.58](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/7.md) 8. [The Undeclared Points · AN 7.59–7.64](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/8.md) 9. [The Great Chapter · AN 7.65–7.68](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/9.md) 10. [The Great Chapter · AN 7.69–7.71](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/10.md) 11. [The Great Chapter · AN 7.72–7.74](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/11.md) 12. [The Monastic Law · AN 7.75–7.83](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/12.md) 13. [An Ascetic · AN 7.85–7.93](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/13.md) 14. [Worthy of Offerings · AN 7.95–7.96–614](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/14.md) 15. [Abbreviated Texts Beginning With Greed · AN 7.615–7.645–1124](https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/15.md) ## 1. Wealth · AN 7.1–7.8 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/1/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/1/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.1 · Pleasing (1st) > Pali: AN 7.1 · Paṭhamapiyasutta [¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants, “Mendicants!” > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “bhikkhavo”ti. [¶2] “Venerable sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶3] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities is disliked and disapproved by their spiritual companions, not respected or admired. What seven? It’s when a mendicant desires material things, honor, and status. They lack conscience and prudence. They have corrupt wishes and wrong view. A mendicant with these seven qualities is disliked and disapproved by their spiritual companions, not respected or admired. > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi sattahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu lābhakāmo ca hoti, sakkārakāmo ca hoti, anavaññattikāmo ca hoti, ahiriko ca hoti, anottappī ca, pāpiccho ca, micchādiṭṭhi ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. [¶4] A mendicant with seven qualities is liked and approved by their spiritual companions, respected and admired. What seven? It’s when a mendicant doesn’t desire material things, honor, and status. They have conscience and prudence. They have few desires and right view. A mendicant with these seven qualities is liked and approved by their spiritual companions, respected and admired.” > Pali: Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ piyo ca hoti, manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi sattahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na lābhakāmo ca hoti, na sakkārakāmo ca hoti, na anavaññattikāmo ca hoti, hirīmā ca hoti, ottappī ca, appiccho ca, sammādiṭṭhi ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā”ti. [¶5] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶6] AN 7.2 · Pleasing (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.2 · Dutiyapiyasutta [¶7] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities is disliked and disapproved by their spiritual companions, not respected or admired. What seven? It’s when a mendicant desires material things, honor, and status. They lack conscience and prudence. They’re jealous and stingy. A mendicant with these seven qualities is disliked and disapproved by their spiritual companions, not respected or admired. > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi sattahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu lābhakāmo ca hoti, sakkārakāmo ca hoti, anavaññattikāmo ca hoti, ahiriko ca hoti, anottappī ca, issukī ca, maccharī ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. [¶8] A mendicant with seven qualities is liked and approved by their spiritual companions, respected and admired. What seven? It’s when a mendicant doesn’t desire material things, honor, and status. They have conscience and prudence. They’re not jealous or stingy. A mendicant with these seven qualities is liked and approved by their spiritual companions, respected and admired.” > Pali: Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi sattahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na lābhakāmo ca hoti, na sakkārakāmo ca hoti, na anavaññattikāmo ca hoti, hirīmā ca hoti, ottappī ca, anissukī ca, amaccharī ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṁ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā”ti. [¶9] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶10] AN 7.3 · Powers in Brief > Pali: AN 7.3 · Saṅkhittabalasutta [¶11] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. … “Mendicants, there are these seven powers. What seven? The powers of faith, energy, conscience, prudence, mindfulness, immersion, and wisdom. These are the seven powers. > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme …pe… sattimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni satta? Saddhābalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, hirībalaṁ, ottappabalaṁ, satibalaṁ, samādhibalaṁ, paññābalaṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, satta balānīti. [¶12] The powers are faith and energy, conscience and prudence, mindfulness and immersion, and wisdom as the seventh power. Empowered by these, an astute mendicant lives happily. > Pali: Saddhābalaṁ vīriyañca, hirī ottappiyaṁ balaṁ; Satibalaṁ samādhi ca, paññā ve sattamaṁ balaṁ; Etehi balavā bhikkhu, sukhaṁ jīvati paṇḍito. [¶13] They should examine the teaching rationally, discerning the meaning with wisdom. The liberation of their heart is like a lamp going out.” > Pali: Yoniso vicine dhammaṁ, paññāyatthaṁ vipassati; Pajjotasseva nibbānaṁ, vimokkho hoti cetaso”ti. [¶14] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶15] AN 7.4 · Powers in Detail > Pali: AN 7.4 · Vitthatabalasutta [¶16] “Mendicants, there are these seven powers. What seven? The powers of faith, energy, conscience, prudence, mindfulness, immersion, and wisdom. > Pali: “Sattimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni satta? Saddhābalaṁ, vīriyabalaṁ, hirībalaṁ, ottappabalaṁ, satibalaṁ, samādhibalaṁ, paññābalaṁ. [¶17] And what is the power of faith? It’s when a noble disciple has faith in the Realized One’s awakening: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ This is called the power of faith. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ: ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… satthā devamanussānaṁ buddho bhagavā’ti. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhābalaṁ. [¶18] And what is the power of energy? It’s when a noble disciple lives with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They’re strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. This is called the power of energy. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṁ. [¶19] And what is the power of conscience? It’s when a noble disciple has a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about acquiring any bad, unskillful qualities. This is called the power of conscience. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, hirībalaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, hirībalaṁ. [¶20] And what is the power of prudence? It’s when a noble disciple is prudent. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to the acquiring of any bad, unskillful qualities. This is called the power of prudence. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, ottappabalaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ottappabalaṁ. [¶21] And what is the power of mindfulness? It’s when a noble disciple is mindful. They have utmost mindfulness and alertness, and can remember and recall what was said and done long ago. This is called the power of mindfulness. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, satibalaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, satibalaṁ. [¶22] And what is the power of immersion? It’s when a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. … With the giving up of pleasure and pain and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, they enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. This is called the power of immersion. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, samādhibalaṁ. [¶23] And what is the power of wisdom? It’s when a noble disciple is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. This is called the power of wisdom. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, paññābalaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññābalaṁ. [¶24] These are the seven powers. > Pali: Imāni kho, bhikkhave, satta balānīti. [¶25] The powers are faith and energy, conscience and prudence, mindfulness and immersion, and wisdom as the seventh power. Empowered by these, an astute mendicant lives happily. > Pali: Saddhābalaṁ vīriyañca, hirī ottappiyaṁ balaṁ; Satibalaṁ samādhi ca, paññā ve sattamaṁ balaṁ; Etehi balavā bhikkhu, sukhaṁ jīvati paṇḍito. [¶26] They should examine the teaching rationally, discerning the meaning with wisdom. The liberation of their heart is like a lamp going out.” > Pali: Yoniso vicine dhammaṁ, paññāyatthaṁ vipassati; Pajjotasseva nibbānaṁ, vimokkho hoti cetaso”ti. [¶27] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶28] AN 7.5 · Wealth in Brief > Pali: AN 7.5 · Saṅkhittadhanasutta [¶29] “Mendicants, there are these seven kinds of wealth. What seven? The wealth of faith, ethics, conscience, prudence, learning, generosity, and wisdom. These are the seven kinds of wealth. > Pali: “Sattimāni, bhikkhave, dhanāni. Katamāni satta? Saddhādhanaṁ, sīladhanaṁ, hirīdhanaṁ, ottappadhanaṁ, sutadhanaṁ, cāgadhanaṁ, paññādhanaṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, satta dhanānīti. [¶30] Faith and ethical conduct are kinds of wealth, as are conscience and prudence, learning and generosity, and wisdom is the seventh kind of wealth. > Pali: Saddhādhanaṁ sīladhanaṁ, hirī ottappiyaṁ dhanaṁ; Sutadhanañca cāgo ca, paññā ve sattamaṁ dhanaṁ. [¶31] When a woman or man has these kinds of wealth, they’re said to be prosperous, their life is not in vain. > Pali: Yassa ete dhanā atthi, itthiyā purisassa vā; Adaliddoti taṁ āhu, amoghaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. [¶32] So let the wise devote themselves to faith, ethical behavior, confidence, and insight into the teaching, remembering the instructions of the Buddhas.” > Pali: Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, Pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, Saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. [¶33] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶34] AN 7.6 · Wealth in Detail > Pali: AN 7.6 · Vitthatadhanasutta [¶35] “Mendicants, there are these seven kinds of wealth. What seven? The wealth of faith, ethics, conscience, prudence, learning, generosity, and wisdom. > Pali: “Sattimāni, bhikkhave, dhanāni. Katamāni satta? Saddhādhanaṁ, sīladhanaṁ, hirīdhanaṁ, ottappadhanaṁ, sutadhanaṁ, cāgadhanaṁ, paññādhanaṁ. [¶36] And what is the wealth of faith? It’s when a noble disciple has faith in the Realized One’s awakening … This is called the wealth of faith. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, saddhādhanaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ: ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho …pe… buddho bhagavā’ti. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhādhanaṁ. [¶37] And what is the wealth of ethical conduct? It’s when a noble disciple doesn’t kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, use speech that’s false, backbiting, harsh, or nonsensical, or consume intoxicants of beer, wine, and liquor. This is called the wealth of ethical conduct. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, sīladhanaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti …pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīladhanaṁ. [¶38] And what is the wealth of conscience? It’s when a noble disciple has a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about having any bad, unskillful qualities. This is called the wealth of conscience. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, hirīdhanaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, hirīdhanaṁ. [¶39] And what is the wealth of prudence? It’s when a noble disciple is prudent. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to the acquiring of any bad, unskillful qualities. This is called the wealth of prudence. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, ottappadhanaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ottappadhanaṁ. [¶40] And what is the wealth of learning? It’s when a noble disciple is very learned, remembering and keeping what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, rehearsing them, mentally scrutinizing them, and penetrating them theoretically. This is called the wealth of learning. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, sutadhanaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṁ sabyañjanaṁ kevalaparipuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ abhivadanti. Tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, sutadhanaṁ. [¶41] And what is the wealth of generosity? It’s when a noble disciple lives at home with heart rid of the stain of stinginess, freely generous, open-handed, loving to let go, committed to charity, loving to give and to share. This is called the wealth of generosity. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṁ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vosaggarato yācayogo dānasaṁvibhāgarato. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṁ. [¶42] And what is the wealth of wisdom? It’s when a noble disciple is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. This is called the wealth of wisdom. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, paññādhanaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti …pe… sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññādhanaṁ. [¶43] These are the seven kinds of wealth. > Pali: Imāni kho, bhikkhave, sattadhanānīti. [¶44] Faith and ethical conduct are kinds of wealth, as are conscience and prudence, learning and generosity, and wisdom is the seventh kind of wealth. > Pali: Saddhādhanaṁ sīladhanaṁ, hirī ottappiyaṁ dhanaṁ; Sutadhanañca cāgo ca, paññā ve sattamaṁ dhanaṁ. [¶45] When a woman or man has these kinds of wealth, they’re said to be prosperous, their life is not in vain. > Pali: Yassa ete dhanā atthi, itthiyā purisassa vā; Adaliddoti taṁ āhu, amoghaṁ tassa jīvitaṁ. [¶46] So let the wise devote themselves to faith, ethical behavior, confidence, and insight into the teaching, remembering the instructions of the Buddhas.” > Pali: Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. [¶47] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶48] AN 7.7 · With Ugga > Pali: AN 7.7 · Uggasutta [¶49] Then Ugga the government chief minister went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “It’s incredible, sir, it’s amazing! Migāra of Rohaṇa is so rich, so very wealthy.” > Pali: Atha kho uggo rājamahāmatto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggo rājamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “Acchariyaṁ, bhante, abbhutaṁ, bhante. Yāva aḍḍho cāyaṁ, bhante, migāro rohaṇeyyo yāva mahaddhano yāva mahābhogo”ti. [¶50] “But Ugga, how rich is he?” > Pali: “Kīva aḍḍho panugga, migāro rohaṇeyyo, kīva mahaddhano, kīva mahābhogo”ti? [¶51] “He has a hundred thousand gold coins, not to mention the silver coins!” > Pali: “Sataṁ, bhante, satasahassānaṁ hiraññassa, ko pana vādo rūpiyassā”ti. [¶52] “Well, Ugga, that is wealth, I can’t deny it. But fire, water, rulers, thieves, and unloved heirs all take a share of that wealth. There are these seven kinds of wealth that they can’t take a share of. What seven? The wealth of faith, ethics, conscience, prudence, learning, generosity, and wisdom. There are these seven kinds of wealth that fire, water, rulers, thieves, and unloved heirs can’t take a share of. > Pali: “Atthi kho etaṁ, ugga, dhanaṁ netaṁ ‘natthī’ti vadāmīti. Tañca kho etaṁ, ugga, dhanaṁ sādhāraṇaṁ agginā udakena rājūhi corehi appiyehi dāyādehi. Satta kho imāni, ugga, dhanāni asādhāraṇāni agginā udakena rājūhi corehi appiyehi dāyādehi. Katamāni satta? Saddhādhanaṁ, sīladhanaṁ, hirīdhanaṁ, ottappadhanaṁ, sutadhanaṁ, cāgadhanaṁ, paññādhanaṁ. Imāni kho, ugga, satta dhanāni asādhāraṇāni agginā udakena rājūhi corehi appiyehi dāyādehīti. [¶53] Faith and ethical conduct are kinds of wealth, as are conscience and prudence, learning and generosity, and wisdom is the seventh kind of wealth. > Pali: Saddhādhanaṁ sīladhanaṁ, hirī ottappiyaṁ dhanaṁ; Sutadhanañca cāgo ca, paññā ve sattamaṁ dhanaṁ. [¶54] When a woman or man has these kinds of wealth, they’re really rich in the world, invincible among gods and humans. > Pali: Yassa ete dhanā atthi, itthiyā purisassa vā; Sa ve mahaddhano loke, ajeyyo devamānuse. [¶55] So let the wise devote themselves to faith, ethical behavior, confidence, and insight into the teaching, remembering the instructions of the Buddhas.” > Pali: Tasmā saddhañca sīlañca, pasādaṁ dhammadassanaṁ; Anuyuñjetha medhāvī, saraṁ buddhāna sāsanan”ti. [¶56] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶57] AN 7.8 · Fetters > Pali: AN 7.8 · Saṁyojanasutta [¶58] “Mendicants, there are these seven fetters. What seven? The fetters of attraction, aversion, views, doubt, conceit, desire for continued existence, and ignorance. These are the seven fetters.” > Pali: “Sattimāni, bhikkhave, saṁyojanāni. Katamāni satta? Anunayasaṁyojanaṁ, paṭighasaṁyojanaṁ, diṭṭhisaṁyojanaṁ, vicikicchāsaṁyojanaṁ, mānasaṁyojanaṁ, bhavarāgasaṁyojanaṁ, avijjāsaṁyojanaṁ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, satta saṁyojanānī”ti. [¶59] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. ## 2. Tendencies · AN 7.11–7.20 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/2/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/2/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.11 · Underlying Tendencies (1st) > Pali: AN 7.11 · Paṭhamaanusayasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, there are these seven underlying tendencies. What seven? The underlying tendencies of sensual desire, aversion, views, doubt, conceit, desire for continued existence, and ignorance. These are the seven underlying tendencies.” > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, anusayā. Katame satta? Kāmarāgānusayo, paṭighānusayo, diṭṭhānusayo, vicikicchānusayo, mānānusayo, bhavarāgānusayo, avijjānusayo. Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta anusayā”ti. [¶2] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶3] AN 7.13 · A Family > Pali: AN 7.13 · Kulasutta [¶4] “Mendicants, visiting a family with seven factors is not worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is not worthwhile. What seven? They don’t politely rise, bow, or offer a seat. They hide what they have. Even when they have much they give little. Even when they have fine things they give coarse things. They give carelessly, not carefully. Visiting a family with these seven factors is not worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is not worthwhile. > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā nālaṁ upagantuṁ, upagantvā vā nālaṁ upanisīdituṁ. Katamehi sattahi? Na manāpena paccuṭṭhenti, na manāpena abhivādenti, na manāpena āsanaṁ denti, santamassa pariguhanti, bahukampi thokaṁ denti, paṇītampi lūkhaṁ denti, asakkaccaṁ denti no sakkaccaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi aṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā nālaṁ upagantuṁ, upagantvā vā nālaṁ upanisīdituṁ. [¶5] Visiting a family with seven factors is worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is worthwhile. What seven? They politely rise, bow, and offer a seat. They don’t hide what they have. When they have much they give much. When they have refined things they give refined things. They give carefully, not carelessly. Visiting a family with these seven factors is worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is worthwhile.” > Pali: Sattahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā alaṁ upagantuṁ, upagantvā vā alaṁ upanisīdituṁ. Katamehi sattahi? Manāpena paccuṭṭhenti, manāpena abhivādenti, manāpena āsanaṁ denti, santamassa na pariguhanti, bahukampi bahukaṁ denti, paṇītampi paṇītaṁ denti, sakkaccaṁ denti no asakkaccaṁ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi aṅgehi samannāgataṁ kulaṁ anupagantvā vā alaṁ upagantuṁ, upagantvā vā alaṁ upanisīditun”ti. [¶6] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶7] AN 7.14 · Individuals > Pali: AN 7.14 · Puggalasutta [¶8] “Mendicants, these seven individuals are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world. What seven? The one freed both ways, the one freed by wisdom, the direct witness, the one attained to view, the one freed by faith, the follower of teachings, and the follower by faith. These are the seven individuals who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katame satta? Ubhatobhāgavimutto, paññāvimutto, kāyasakkhī, diṭṭhippatto, saddhāvimutto, dhammānusārī, saddhānusārī. Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. [¶9] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶10] AN 7.15 · A Simile With Water > Pali: AN 7.15 · Udakūpamāsutta [¶11] “Mendicants, these seven individuals found in the world are like those in water. > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, udakūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmiṁ. [¶12] What seven? One individual sinks under once and stays under. One individual rises up then sinks under. One individual rises up then stays put. One individual rises up then sees and discerns. One individual rises up then crosses over. One individual rises up then finds a foothold. One individual has risen up, crossed over, and gone to the far shore, a brahmin who stands on solid ground. > Pali: Katame satta? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sakiṁ nimuggo nimuggova hoti; idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā nimujjati; idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā ṭhito hoti; idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā vipassati viloketi; idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā patarati; idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā patigādhappatto hoti; idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjitvā tiṇṇo hoti pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. [¶13] And what kind of individual sinks under once and stays under? It’s the kind of individual who has absolutely dark, unskillful qualities. This kind of individual sinks under once and stays under. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo sakiṁ nimuggo nimuggova hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo samannāgato hoti ekantakāḷakehi akusalehi dhammehi. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo sakiṁ nimuggo nimuggova hoti. [¶14] And what kind of individual rises up then sinks under? It’s the kind of individual who, rising up, thinks: ‘It’s good to have faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities.’ However their faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom don’t last or grow, but dwindle away. This kind of individual rises up then sinks under. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā nimujjati? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjati sādhu saddhā kusalesu dhammesu, sādhu hirī …pe… sādhu ottappaṁ … sādhu vīriyaṁ … sādhu paññā kusalesu dhammesūti. Tassa sā saddhā neva tiṭṭhati no vaḍḍhati hāyatiyeva, tassa sā hirī …pe… tassa taṁ ottappaṁ … tassa taṁ vīriyaṁ … tassa sā paññā neva tiṭṭhati no vaḍḍhati hāyatiyeva. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā nimujjati. [¶15] And what kind of individual rises up then stays put? It’s the kind of individual who, rising up, thinks: ‘It’s good to have faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities.’ And their faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom lasts, neither dwindling nor growing. This kind of individual rises up then stays put. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā ṭhito hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjati sādhu saddhā kusalesu dhammesu, sādhu hirī …pe… sādhu ottappaṁ … sādhu vīriyaṁ … sādhu paññā kusalesu dhammesūti. Tassa sā saddhā neva hāyati no vaḍḍhati ṭhitā hoti. Tassa sā hirī …pe… tassa taṁ ottappaṁ … tassa taṁ vīriyaṁ … tassa sā paññā neva hāyati no vaḍḍhati ṭhitā hoti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā ṭhito hoti. [¶16] And what kind of individual rises up then sees and discerns? It’s the kind of individual who, rising up, thinks: ‘It’s good to have faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities.’ With the ending of three fetters they’re a stream-enterer, not liable to be reborn in the underworld, assured, destined for awakening. This kind of individual rises up then sees and discerns. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā vipassati viloketi? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjati sādhu saddhā kusalesu dhammesu, sādhu hirī …pe… sādhu ottappaṁ … sādhu vīriyaṁ … sādhu paññā kusalesu dhammesūti. So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā vipassati viloketi. [¶17] And what kind of individual rises up then crosses over? It’s the kind of individual who, rising up, thinks: ‘It’s good to have faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities.’ With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering. This kind of individual rises up then crosses over. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā patarati? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjati sādhu saddhā kusalesu dhammesu, sādhu hirī …pe… sādhu ottappaṁ … sādhu vīriyaṁ … sādhu paññā kusalesu dhammesūti. So tiṇṇaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṁ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṁ lokaṁ āgantvā dukkhassantaṁ karoti. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā patarati. [¶18] And what kind of individual rises up then finds a foothold? It’s the kind of individual who, rising up, thinks: ‘It’s good to have faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities.’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously. They are extinguished there, and are not liable to return from that world. This kind of individual rises up then finds a foothold. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā patigādhappatto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjati sādhu saddhā kusalesu dhammesu, sādhu hirī …pe… sādhu ottappaṁ … sādhu vīriyaṁ … sādhu paññā kusalesu dhammesūti. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā patigādhappatto hoti. [¶19] And what kind of individual has risen up, crossed over, and gone to the far shore, a brahmin who stands on solid ground? It’s the kind of individual who, rising up, thinks: ‘It’s good to have faith, conscience, prudence, energy, and wisdom regarding skillful qualities.’ They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. This kind of individual has risen up, crossed over, and gone to the far shore, a brahmin who stands on solid ground. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā tiṇṇo hoti pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ummujjati sādhu saddhā kusalesu dhammesu, sādhu hirī …pe… sādhu ottappaṁ … sādhu vīriyaṁ … sādhu paññā kusalesu dhammesūti. So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puggalo ummujjitvā tiṇṇo hoti pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇo. [¶20] These seven individuals found in the world are like those in water.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta udakūpamā puggalā santo saṁvijjamānā lokasmin”ti. [¶21] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶22] AN 7.16 · Observing Impermanence > Pali: AN 7.16 · Aniccānupassīsutta [¶23] “Mendicants, these seven individuals are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world. What seven? > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katame satta? [¶24] First, take an individual who meditates observing impermanence in all conditions. They perceive impermanence and experience impermanence. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. This is the first individual. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. So āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶25] Next, take an individual who meditates observing impermanence in all conditions. Their defilements and their life come to an end at exactly the same time. This is the second individual. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. Tassa apubbaṁ acarimaṁ āsavapariyādānañca hoti jīvitapariyādānañca. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶26] Next, take an individual who meditates observing impermanence in all conditions. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu aniccānupassī viharati, aniccasaññī, aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶27] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished upon landing. … > Pali: upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶28] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished without extra effort. … > Pali: asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶29] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished with extra effort. … > Pali: sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶30] With the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm. This is the seventh individual. > Pali: uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶31] These are the seven individuals who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. [¶32] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶33] AN 7.17 · Observing Suffering > Pali: AN 7.17 · Dukkhānupassīsutta [¶34] “Mendicants, these seven individuals are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world. What seven? First, take an individual who meditates observing suffering in all conditions. They perceive suffering and experience suffering. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. …” > Pali: Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katame satta? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabbasaṅkhāresu dukkhānupassī viharati …pe…. [¶35] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶36] AN 7.18 · Observing Not-self > Pali: AN 7.18 · Anattānupassīsutta [¶37] “First, take an individual who meditates observing not-self in all things. They perceive not-self and experience not-self. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. …” > Pali: Sabbesu dhammesu anattānupassī viharati …pe…. [¶38] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶39] AN 7.19 · Extinguishment > Pali: AN 7.19 · Nibbānasutta [¶40] “One meditates observing the happiness in extinguishment. They perceive happiness and experience happiness. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. This is the first individual worthy of offerings. > Pali: “Nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. So āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶41] Next, take an individual who meditates observing the happiness in extinguishment. They perceive happiness and experience happiness. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. Their defilements and their life come to an end at exactly the same time. This is the second individual. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. Tassa apubbaṁ acarimaṁ āsavapariyādānañca hoti jīvitapariyādānañca. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶42] Next, take an individual who meditates observing the happiness in extinguishment. They perceive happiness and experience happiness. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo nibbāne sukhānupassī viharati sukhasaññī sukhapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. [¶43] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. … > Pali: So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶44] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished upon landing. … > Pali: upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶45] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished without extra effort. … > Pali: asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶46] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished with extra effort. … > Pali: sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶47] With the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm. This is the seventh individual. > Pali: uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶48] These are the seven individuals who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. [¶49] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶50] AN 7.20 · Qualifications for Graduation > Pali: AN 7.20 · Niddasavatthusutta [¶51] “Mendicants, there are these seven qualifications for graduation. What seven? It’s when a mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training … to examine the teachings … to get rid of desires … for retreat … to rouse up energy … for mindfulness and alertness … to penetrate theoretically. And they don’t lose these desires in the future. These are the seven qualifications for graduation.” > Pali: “Sattimāni, bhikkhave, niddasavatthūni. Katamāni satta? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo, dhammanisantiyā tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca dhammanisantiyā avigatapemo, icchāvinaye tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca icchāvinaye avigatapemo, paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo, vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo, satinepakke tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca satinepakke avigatapemo, diṭṭhipaṭivedhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca diṭṭhipaṭivedhe avigatapemo. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, satta niddasavatthūnī”ti. [¶52] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶53] > Pali: Anusayavaggo dutiyo. [¶54] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶55] > Pali: Duve anusayā kulaṁ, Puggalaṁ udakūpamaṁ; Aniccaṁ dukkhaṁ anattā ca, Nibbānaṁ niddasavatthu cāti. ## 3. The Vajji Seven · AN 7.21–7.31 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/3/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/3/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.21 · At Sārandada > Pali: AN 7.21 · Sārandadasutta [¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Sārandada Shrine. Then several Licchavis went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and the Buddha said to these Licchavis: > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati sārandade cetiye. Atha kho sambahulā licchavī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā etadavoca: [¶2] “Licchavis, I will teach you these seven principles that prevent decline. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “satta vo, licchavī, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶3] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te licchavī bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶4] “And what are the seven principles that prevent decline? As long as the Vajjis meet frequently and have many meetings, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Katame ca, licchavī, satta aparihāniyā dhammā? Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā bhavissanti sannipātabahulā; vuddhiyeva, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶5] As long as the Vajjis meet in harmony, leave in harmony, and carry on their business in harmony, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti; vuddhiyeva, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶6] As long as the Vajjis don’t make new decrees or abolish existing decrees, but proceed having undertaken the ancient Vajjian principles as they have been decreed, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññāpessanti, paññattaṁ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti; vuddhiyeva, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶7] As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; vuddhiyeva, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶8] As long as the Vajjis don’t forcibly abduct the women or girls of the clans and make them live with them, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okassa pasayha vāsessanti; vuddhiyeva, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶9] As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the Vajjian shrines, whether inner or outer, not neglecting the proper spirit-offerings that were given and made in the past, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca tāni sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpessanti; vuddhiyeva, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶10] As long as the Vajjis organize proper protection, shelter, and security for perfected ones, so that more perfected ones might come to the realm and those already here may live in comfort, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā bhavissati: ‘kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsuṁ vihareyyun’ti; vuddhiyeva, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶11] As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the Vajjis, and as long as the Vajjis are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.” > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, licchavī, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti; vuddhiyeva, licchavī, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti. [¶12] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶13] AN 7.22 · With Vassakāra > Pali: AN 7.22 · Vassakārasutta [¶14] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. [¶15] Now at that time King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, wanted to invade the Vajjis. He said: “I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha: “ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī”ti. [¶16] And then King Ajātasattu addressed Vassakāra the brahmin, a chief minister of Magadha, “Please, brahmin, go to the Buddha, and in my name bow with your head to his feet. Ask him if he is healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably. And then say: ‘Sir, King Ajātasattu of Magadha, son of the princess of Videha, wants to invade the Vajjis. He said: “I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!”’ Remember well how the Buddha answers and tell it to me. For Realized Ones say nothing that is not so.” > Pali: Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṁ brāhmaṇaṁ māgadhamahāmattaṁ āmantesi: “ehi tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ puccha: ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi: ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha— ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī’ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṁ sādhukaṁ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṁ bhaṇantī”ti. [¶17] “Yes, worthy sir,” Vassakāra replied. He went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bho”ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo māgadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo māgadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶18] “Worthy Gotama, King Ajātasattu bows with his head to your feet. He asks if you are healthy and well, nimble, strong, and living comfortably. King Ajātasattu wants to invade the Vajjis. He said: ‘I shall wipe out these Vajjis, so mighty and powerful! I shall destroy them, and lay ruin and devastation upon them!’” > Pali: “rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṁ appātaṅkaṁ lahuṭṭhānaṁ balaṁ phāsuvihāraṁ pucchati. Rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha: ‘ahaṁ hime vajjī evaṁmahiddhike evaṁmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi, vajjī vināsessāmi, vajjī anayabyasanaṁ āpādessāmī’”ti. [¶19] Now at that time Venerable Ānanda was standing behind the Buddha fanning him. Then the Buddha said to him: “Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis meet frequently and have many meetings?” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṁ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ ānandaṁ āmantesi: “kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’”ti? [¶20] “I have heard that, sir.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’”ti. [¶21] “As long as the Vajjis meet frequently and have many meetings, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā bhavissanti sannipātabahulā; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶22] Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis meet in harmony, leave in harmony, and carry on their business in harmony?” > Pali: Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’”ti? [¶23] “I have heard that, sir.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’”ti. [¶24] “As long as the Vajjis meet in harmony, leave in harmony, and carry on their business in harmony, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶25] Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis don’t make new decrees or abolish existing decrees, but proceed having undertaken the ancient Vajjian principles as they have been decreed?” > Pali: Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññāpenti, paññattaṁ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’”ti? [¶26] “I have heard that, sir.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññāpenti, paññattaṁ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’”ti. [¶27] “As long as the Vajjis don’t make new decrees or abolish existing decrees, but proceed having undertaken the ancient Vajjian principles as they have been decreed, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī apaññattaṁ na paññāpessanti, paññattaṁ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶28] Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to?” > Pali: Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti? [¶29] “I have heard that, sir.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññantī’”ti. [¶30] “As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate Vajjian elders, and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṁ vajjimahallakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶31] Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis don’t forcibly abduct the women or girls of the clans and make them live with them?” > Pali: Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okassa pasayha vāsentī’”ti? [¶32] “I have heard that, sir.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okassa pasayha vāsentī’”ti. [¶33] “As long as the Vajjis don’t forcibly abduct the women or girls of the clans and make them live with them, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okassa pasayha vāsessanti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶34] Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the Vajjian shrines, whether inner or outer, not neglecting the proper spirit-offerings that were given and made in the past?” > Pali: Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca tāni sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpentī’”ti? [¶35] “I have heard that, sir.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca tāni sakkaronti garuṁ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpentī’”ti. [¶36] “As long as the Vajjis honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the Vajjian shrines, whether inner or outer, not neglecting the proper spirit-offerings that were given and made in the past, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṁ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca tāni sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ dhammikaṁ baliṁ no parihāpessanti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶37] Ānanda, have you heard that the Vajjis organize proper protection, shelter, and security for perfected ones, so that more perfected ones might come to the realm and those already here may live in comfort?” > Pali: Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṁ: ‘vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā—kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsuṁ vihareyyun’”ti? [¶38] “I have heard that, sir.” > Pali: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante: ‘vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā bhavissati—kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsuṁ vihareyyun’”ti. [¶39] “As long as the Vajjis organize proper protection, shelter, and security for perfected ones, so that more perfected ones might come to the realm and those already here may live in comfort, they can expect growth, not decline.” > Pali: “Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṁvihitā bhavissati: ‘kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṁ āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsuṁ vihareyyun’ti; vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti. [¶40] Then the Buddha said to Vassakāra: > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṁ brāhmaṇaṁ māgadhamahāmattaṁ āmantesi: [¶41] “Brahmin, this one time I was staying near Vesālī at the Sārandada Shrine. There I taught the Vajjis these principles that prevent decline. As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the Vajjis, and as long as the Vajjis are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.” > Pali: “ekamidāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṁ vesāliyaṁ viharāmi sārandade cetiye. Tatrāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṁ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṁ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti; vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti. [¶42] When the Buddha had spoken, Vassakāra said to him: “Worthy Gotama, if the Vajjis follow even a single one of these principles they can expect growth, not decline. How much more so all seven! King Ajātasattu cannot defeat the Vajjis in war, unless by bribery or by sowing dissension. Well, now, worthy Gotama, I must go. I have many duties, and much to do.” > Pali: “Ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṁ vajjīnaṁ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni; ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyā ca, bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṁ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya, aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṁ, bho gotama, gacchāma, bahukiccā mayaṁ bahukaraṇīyā”ti. [¶43] “Please, brahmin, go at your convenience.” Then Vassakāra the brahmin, having approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, rose from his seat and left. > Pali: “Yassadāni tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṁ maññasī”ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo māgadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti. [¶44] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶45] AN 7.23 · Non-Decline for Mendicants (1st) > Pali: AN 7.23 · Paṭhamasattakasutta [¶46] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants: > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: [¶47] “Mendicants, I will teach you these seven principles that prevent decline. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶48] “Yes, sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶49] “What are the seven principles that prevent decline? As long as the mendicants meet frequently and have many meetings, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Katame ca, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniyā dhammā? Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṁ sannipātā bhavissanti sannipātabahulā; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶50] As long as the mendicants meet in harmony, leave in harmony, and carry on their business in harmony, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶51] As long as the mendicants don’t make new decrees or abolish existing decrees, but proceed having undertaken the training rules as they have been decreed, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṁ na paññāpessanti, paññattaṁ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶52] As long as the mendicants honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the senior mendicants—of long standing, long gone forth, fathers and leaders of the Saṅgha—and think them worth listening to, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā te sakkarissanti garuṁ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṁ maññissanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶53] As long as the mendicants don’t fall under the sway of arisen craving for future lives, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobhavikāya na vasaṁ gacchissanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶54] As long as the mendicants take care to live in wilderness lodgings, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶55] As long as the mendicants individually establish mindfulness, so that more good-hearted spiritual companions might come, and those that have already come may live comfortably, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṁ upaṭṭhāpessanti: ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṁ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsuṁ vihareyyun’ti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶56] As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.” > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti. [¶57] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶58] AN 7.24 · Non-Decline for Mendicants (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.24 · Dutiyasattakasutta [¶59] “Mendicants, I will teach you seven principles that prevent decline. Listen and apply your mind well … And what are the seven principles that prevent decline? > Pali: “Satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha …pe… katame ca, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniyā dhammā? [¶60] As long as the mendicants don’t relish work, loving it and liking to relish it, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti, na kammaratā, na kammārāmataṁ anuyuttā; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶61] As long as they don’t enjoy talk … sleep … company … they don’t have corrupt wishes, falling under the sway of corrupt wishes … they don’t have bad friends, companions, and associates … they don’t stop half-way after achieving some trifling distinction, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti …pe… na niddārāmā bhavissanti … na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti … na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṁ icchānaṁ vasaṁ gatā … na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā … na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṁ āpajjissanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶62] As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.” > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti. [¶63] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶64] AN 7.25 · Non-Decline for Mendicants (3rd) > Pali: AN 7.25 · Tatiyasattakasutta [¶65] “Mendicants, I will teach you seven principles that prevent decline. Listen and apply your mind well … And what are the seven principles that prevent decline? As long as the mendicants are faithful … conscientious … prudent … learned … energetic … mindful … wise, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha …pe… katame ca, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniyā dhammā? Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū hirimanto bhavissanti …pe… ottappino bhavissanti … bahussutā bhavissanti … āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti … satimanto bhavissanti … paññavanto bhavissanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶66] As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.” > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti. [¶67] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶68] AN 7.26 · Awakening Factors > Pali: AN 7.26 · Bojjhaṅgasutta [¶69] “Mendicants, I will teach you seven principles that prevent decline. Listen and apply your mind well … And what are the seven principles that prevent decline? As long as the mendicants develop the awakening factor of mindfulness … investigation of principles … energy … rapture … tranquility … immersion … equanimity, they can expect growth, not decline. > Pali: “Satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha …pe… katame ca, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniyā dhammā? Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū satisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti …pe… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti … pītisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti … passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti … samādhisambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti … upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṁ bhāvessanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶70] As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.” > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti. [¶71] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶72] AN 7.27 · Perceptions > Pali: AN 7.27 · Saññāsutta [¶73] “Mendicants, I will teach you seven principles that prevent decline. Listen and apply your mind well … And what are the seven principles that prevent decline? As long as the mendicants develop the perception of impermanence … > Pali: “Satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha …pe…. Katame ca, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniyā dhammā? Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṁ bhāvessanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. [¶74] not-self … ugliness … drawbacks … giving up … fading away … cessation, they can expect growth, not decline. As long as these seven principles that prevent decline last among the mendicants, and as long as the mendicants are seen following them, they can expect growth, not decline.” > Pali: Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū anattasaññaṁ bhāvessanti …pe… asubhasaññaṁ bhāvessanti … ādīnavasaññaṁ bhāvessanti … pahānasaññaṁ bhāvessanti … virāgasaññaṁ bhāvessanti … nirodhasaññaṁ bhāvessanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu, bhikkhū sandississanti; vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī”ti. [¶75] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶76] AN 7.28 · Non-decline for a Mendicant Trainee > Pali: AN 7.28 · Paṭhamaparihānisutta [¶77] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants: > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: [¶78] “These seven things lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. What seven? They relish work, talk, sleep, and company. They don’t guard the sense doors and they eat too much. And when there is Saṅgha business to be carried out, they don’t reflect: ‘There are senior mendicants in the Saṅgha of long standing, long gone forth, responsible. They’ll be known for taking care of this.’ So they get involved in that. These seven things lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. > Pali: “sattime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattaññutā, santi kho pana saṅghe saṅghakaraṇīyāni; tatra sekho bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘santi kho pana saṅghe therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā bhāravāhino, te tena paññāyissantī’ti attanā tesu yogaṁ āpajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṁvattanti. [¶79] These seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee. What seven? They don’t relish work, talk, sleep, and company. They guard the sense doors and don’t eat too much. And when there is Saṅgha business to be carried out, they reflect: ‘There are senior mendicants in the Saṅgha of long standing, long gone forth, responsible. They’ll be known for taking care of this.’ So they don’t get involved in that. These seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant trainee.” > Pali: Sattime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, na saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, santi kho pana saṅghe saṅghakaraṇīyāni; tatra sekho bhikkhu iti paṭisañcikkhati: ‘santi kho pana saṅghe therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā bhāravāhino, te tena paññāyissantī’ti attanā na tesu yogaṁ āpajjati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī”ti. [¶80] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶81] AN 7.29 · Non-decline for a Lay Follower > Pali: AN 7.29 · Dutiyaparihānisutta [¶82] “These seven things lead to the decline of a lay follower. What seven? They miss out on seeing the mendicants. They neglect listening to the true teaching. They don’t train in higher ethical conduct. They’re very suspicious about mendicants, whether senior, junior, or middle. They listen to the teaching with a hostile, fault-finding mind. They seek outside of the Buddhist community for those worthy of religious donations. And they serve them first. These seven things lead to the decline of a lay follower. > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, dhammā upāsakassa parihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Bhikkhudassanaṁ hāpeti, saddhammassavanaṁ pamajjati, adhisīle na sikkhati, appasādabahulo hoti, bhikkhūsu theresu ceva navesu ca majjhimesu ca upārambhacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti randhagavesī, ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesati, tattha ca pubbakāraṁ karoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta dhammā upāsakassa parihānāya saṁvattanti. [¶83] These seven things don’t lead to the decline of a lay follower. What seven? They don’t miss out on seeing the mendicants. They don’t neglect listening to the true teaching. They train in higher ethical conduct. They’re very confident about mendicants, whether senior, junior, or middle. They don’t listen to the teaching with a hostile, fault-finding mind. They don’t seek outside of the Buddhist community for those worthy of religious donations. And they serve the Buddhist community first. These seven things don’t lead to the decline of a lay follower.” > Pali: Sattime, bhikkhave, dhammā upāsakassa aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Bhikkhudassanaṁ na hāpeti, saddhammassavanaṁ nappamajjati, adhisīle sikkhati, pasādabahulo hoti, bhikkhūsu theresu ceva navesu ca majjhimesu ca anupārambhacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti na randhagavesī, na ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesati, idha ca pubbakāraṁ karoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta dhammā upāsakassa aparihānāya saṁvattantī”ti. [¶84] That is what the Buddha said. Then the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say: > Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā: [¶85] “A lay follower misses out on seeing those who are evolved and listening to the teachings of the Noble One. They don’t train in higher ethical conduct, > Pali: “Dassanaṁ bhāvitattānaṁ, Yo hāpeti upāsako; Savanañca ariyadhammānaṁ, Adhisīle na sikkhati. [¶86] and their suspicion about mendicants just grows and grows. They want to listen to the true teaching with a fault-finding mind. > Pali: Appasādo ca bhikkhūsu, bhiyyo bhiyyo pavaḍḍhati; Upārambhakacitto ca, saddhammaṁ sotumicchati. [¶87] They seek outside the Buddhist community for someone else worthy of religious donations, and that lay follower serves them first. > Pali: Ito ca bahiddhā aññaṁ, dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesati; Tattheva ca pubbakāraṁ, yo karoti upāsako. [¶88] These seven principles leading to decline have been well taught. A lay follower who practices them falls away from the true teaching. > Pali: Ete kho parihāniye, satta dhamme sudesite; Upāsako sevamāno, saddhammā parihāyati. [¶89] A lay follower doesn’t miss out on seeing those who are evolved and listening to the teachings of the Noble One. They train in higher ethical conduct, > Pali: Dassanaṁ bhāvitattānaṁ, Yo na hāpeti upāsako; Savanañca ariyadhammānaṁ, Adhisīle ca sikkhati. [¶90] and their confidence in mendicants just grows and grows. They want to listen to the true teaching without a fault-finding mind. > Pali: Pasādo cassa bhikkhūsu, bhiyyo bhiyyo pavaḍḍhati; Anupārambhacitto ca, saddhammaṁ sotumicchati. [¶91] They don’t seek outside the Buddhist community for someone else worthy of religious donations, and that lay follower serves the Buddhist community first. > Pali: Na ito bahiddhā aññaṁ, dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesati; Idheva ca pubbakāraṁ, yo karoti upāsako. [¶92] These seven principles that prevent decline have been well taught. A lay follower who practices them doesn’t fall away from the true teaching.” > Pali: Ete kho aparihāniye, Satta dhamme sudesite; Upāsako sevamāno, Saddhammā na parihāyatī”ti. [¶93] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶94] AN 7.30 · Failures for a Lay Follower > Pali: AN 7.30 · Vipattisutta [¶95] “Mendicants, there are these seven failures for a lay follower … > Pali: Sattimā, bhikkhave, upāsakassa vipattiyo …pe… [¶96] There are these seven accomplishments for a lay follower …” > Pali: sattimā, bhikkhave, upāsakassa sampadā …pe…. [¶97] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶98] AN 7.31 · Downfalls for a Lay Follower > Pali: AN 7.31 · Parābhavasutta [¶99] “Mendicants, there are these seven downfalls for a lay follower … There are these seven successes for a lay follower. What seven? > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, upāsakassa parābhavā …pe… sattime, bhikkhave, upāsakassa sambhavā. Katame satta? [¶100] They don’t miss out on seeing the mendicants. > Pali: Bhikkhudassanaṁ na hāpeti, [¶101] They don’t neglect listening to the true teaching. > Pali: saddhammassavanaṁ nappamajjati, [¶102] They train in higher ethical conduct. > Pali: adhisīle sikkhati, [¶103] They’re very confident about mendicants, whether senior, junior, or middle. > Pali: pasādabahulo hoti, [¶104] They don’t listen to the teaching with a hostile, fault-finding mind. > Pali: bhikkhūsu theresu ceva navesu ca majjhimesu ca anupārambhacitto dhammaṁ suṇāti na randhagavesī, [¶105] They don’t seek outside of the Buddhist community for those worthy of religious donations. > Pali: na ito bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesati, [¶106] And they serve the Buddhist community first. > Pali: idha ca pubbakāraṁ karoti. [¶107] These are the seven successes for a lay follower. > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta upāsakassa sambhavāti. [¶108] A lay follower misses out on seeing those who are evolved and listening to the teachings of the Noble One. They don’t train in higher ethical conduct, > Pali: Dassanaṁ bhāvitattānaṁ, Yo hāpeti upāsako; Savanañca ariyadhammānaṁ, Adhisīle na sikkhati. [¶109] and their suspicion about mendicants just grows and grows. They want to listen to the true teaching with a fault-finding mind. > Pali: Appasādo ca bhikkhūsu, bhiyyo bhiyyo pavaḍḍhati; Upārambhakacitto ca, saddhammaṁ sotumicchati. [¶110] They seek outside the Buddhist community for someone else worthy of religious donations, and that lay follower serves them first. > Pali: Ito ca bahiddhā aññaṁ, dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesati; Tattheva ca pubbakāraṁ, yo karoti upāsako. [¶111] These seven principles leading to decline have been well taught. A lay follower who practices these falls away from the true teaching. > Pali: Ete kho parihāniye, satta dhamme sudesite; Upāsako sevamāno, saddhammā parihāyati. [¶112] A lay follower doesn’t miss out on seeing those who are evolved and listening to the teachings of the Noble One. They train in higher ethical conduct, > Pali: Dassanaṁ bhāvitattānaṁ, Yo na hāpeti upāsako; Savanañca ariyadhammānaṁ, Adhisīle ca sikkhati. [¶113] and their confidence in mendicants just grows and grows. They want to listen to the true teaching without a fault-finding mind. > Pali: Pasādo cassa bhikkhūsu, bhiyyo bhiyyo pavaḍḍhati; Anupārambhacitto ca, saddhammaṁ sotumicchati. [¶114] They don’t seek outside the Buddhist community for someone else worthy of religious donations, and that lay follower serves the Buddhist community first. > Pali: Na ito bahiddhā aññaṁ, dakkhiṇeyyaṁ gavesati; Idheva ca pubbakāraṁ, yo karoti upāsako. [¶115] These seven principles that prevent decline have been well taught. A lay follower who practices them doesn’t fall away from the true teaching.” > Pali: Ete kho aparihāniye, Satta dhamme sudesite; Upāsako sevamāno, Saddhammā na parihāyatī”ti. [¶116] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ. [¶117] > Pali: Vajjisattakavaggo tatiyo. [¶118] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶119] > Pali: Sāranda vassakāro ca, tisattakāni bhikkhukā; Bodhisaññā dve ca hāni, vipatti ca parābhavoti. ## 4. Deities · AN 7.32–7.43 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/4/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/4/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.32 · Respect for Diligence > Pali: AN 7.32 · Appamādagāravasutta [¶1] Then, late at night, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho sā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶2] “Sir, these seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant. What seven? Respect for the Teacher, for the teaching, for the Saṅgha, for the training, for immersion, for diligence, and for hospitality. These seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant.” > Pali: “Sattime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, samādhigāravatā, appamādagāravatā, paṭisanthāragāravatā. Ime kho, bhante, satta dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī”ti. [¶3] That is what that deity said, and the Teacher concurred. Then that deity, knowing that the Teacher concurred, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there. > Pali: Idamavoca sā devatā. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Atha kho sā devatā “samanuñño me satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi. [¶4] Then, when the night had passed, the Buddha told the mendicants all that had happened, adding: > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi: “imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca: ‘sattime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, samādhigāravatā, appamādagāravatā, paṭisanthāragāravatā— ime kho, bhante, satta dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī’ti. [¶5] > Pali: Idamavoca, bhikkhave, sā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti. [¶6] “Respect for the Teacher and the teaching, and keen respect for the Saṅgha; respect for immersion, being energetic, and keen respect for the training. > Pali: Satthugaru dhammagaru, saṅghe ca tibbagāravo; Samādhigaru ātāpī, sikkhāya tibbagāravo. [¶7] A mendicant who respects diligence and hospitality can’t decline, and has drawn near to extinguishment.” > Pali: Appamādagaru bhikkhu, paṭisanthāragāravo; Abhabbo parihānāya, nibbānasseva santike”ti. [¶8] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶9] AN 7.33 · Respect for Conscience > Pali: AN 7.33 · Hirigāravasutta [¶10] “Mendicants, tonight, a glorious deity, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me: ‘Sir, these seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant. What seven? Respect for the Teacher, for the teaching, for the Saṅgha, for the training, for immersion, for conscience, and for prudence. These seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant.’ > Pali: “Imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ jetavanaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, sā devatā maṁ etadavoca: ‘sattime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, samādhigāravatā, hirigāravatā, ottappagāravatā. Ime kho, bhante, satta dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī’ti. [¶11] That is what that deity said. Then he bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on his right side, before vanishing right there. > Pali: Idamavoca, bhikkhave, sā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti. [¶12] One respectful of the Teacher and the teaching, keenly respecting the Saṅgha; respecting immersion, being energetic, and keenly respecting the training; > Pali: Satthugaru dhammagaru, saṅghe ca tibbagāravo; Samādhigaru ātāpī, sikkhāya tibbagāravo. [¶13] endowed with conscience and prudence, reverential and respectful— it is impossible for them to decline; they have drawn near to extinguishment.” > Pali: Hiriottappasampanno, sappatisso sagāravo; Abhabbo parihānāya, nibbānasseva santike”ti. [¶14] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶15] AN 7.34 · Easy to Admonish (1st) > Pali: AN 7.34 · Paṭhamasovacassatāsutta [¶16] “Mendicants, tonight a deity … said to me: ‘Sir, these seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant. What seven? Respect for the Teacher, for the teaching, for the Saṅgha, for the training, for immersion; being easy to admonish, and good friendship. These seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant.’ > Pali: “Imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā …pe… maṁ etadavoca: ‘sattime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, samādhigāravatā, sovacassatā, kalyāṇamittatā. Ime kho, bhante, satta dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī’ti. [¶17] That is what that deity said. Then he bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on his right side, before vanishing right there. > Pali: Idamavoca, bhikkhave, sā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti. [¶18] Respect for the Teacher and the teaching, and keen respect for the Saṅgha; respecting immersion, being energetic, and keen respect for the training. > Pali: Satthugaru dhammagaru, saṅghe ca tibbagāravo; Samādhigaru ātāpī, sikkhāya tibbagāravo. [¶19] One with good friends, easy to admonish, reverential and respectful, can’t decline, and has drawn near to extinguishment.” > Pali: Kalyāṇamitto suvaco, sappatisso sagāravo; Abhabbo parihānāya, nibbānasseva santike”ti. [¶20] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶21] AN 7.35 · Easy to Admonish (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.35 · Dutiyasovacassatāsutta [¶22] “Mendicants, tonight a deity … said to me: ‘Sir, these seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant. What seven? Respect for the Teacher, for the teaching, for the Saṅgha, for the training, for immersion; being easy to admonish, and good friendship. These seven things don’t lead to the decline of a mendicant.’ > Pali: “Imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ aññatarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā …pe… ‘sattime, bhante, dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattanti. Katame satta? Satthugāravatā, dhammagāravatā, saṅghagāravatā, sikkhāgāravatā, samādhigāravatā, sovacassatā, kalyāṇamittatā. Ime kho, bhante, satta dhammā bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṁvattantī’ti. [¶23] That is what that deity said. Then he bowed and respectfully circled me, keeping me on his right side, before vanishing right there.” > Pali: Idamavoca, bhikkhave, sā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyī”ti. [¶24] When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha: > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶25] “Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement. > Pali: “imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi. [¶26] It’s when a mendicant personally respects the Teacher and praises such respect. And they encourage other mendicants who lack such respect to respect the Teacher. And they praise other mendicants who respect the Teacher at the right time, truthfully and correctly. > Pali: Idha, bhante, bhikkhu attanā ca satthugāravo hoti, satthugāravatāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Ye caññe bhikkhū na satthugāravā te ca satthugāravatāya samādapeti. Ye caññe bhikkhū satthugāravā tesañca vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati bhūtaṁ tacchaṁ kālena. [¶27] They personally respect the teaching … > Pali: Attanā ca dhammagāravo hoti …pe… [¶28] They personally respect the Saṅgha … > Pali: saṅghagāravo hoti … [¶29] They personally respect the training … > Pali: sikkhāgāravo hoti … [¶30] They personally respect immersion … > Pali: samādhigāravo hoti … [¶31] They are personally easy to admonish … > Pali: suvaco hoti … [¶32] They personally have good friends, and praise such friendship. And they encourage other mendicants who lack good friends to develop good friendship. And they praise other mendicants who have good friends at the right time, truthfully and correctly. > Pali: kalyāṇamitto hoti, kalyāṇamittatāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Ye caññe bhikkhū na kalyāṇamittā te ca kalyāṇamittatāya samādapeti. Ye caññe bhikkhū kalyāṇamittā tesañca vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati bhūtaṁ tacchaṁ kālenāti. [¶33] That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.” > Pali: Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti. [¶34] “Good, good, Sāriputta! It’s good that you understand the detailed meaning of what I’ve said in brief like this. > Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta. Sādhu kho tvaṁ, sāriputta, imassa mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāsi. [¶35] It’s when a mendicant personally respects the Teacher … And they encourage other mendicants who lack such respect to respect the Teacher. And they praise other mendicants who respect the Teacher at the right time, truthfully and correctly. > Pali: Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu attanā ca satthugāravo hoti, satthugāravatāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Ye caññe bhikkhū na satthugāravā te ca satthugāravatāya samādapeti. Ye caññe bhikkhū satthugāravā tesañca vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati bhūtaṁ tacchaṁ kālena. [¶36] They personally respect the teaching … > Pali: Attanā ca dhammagāravo hoti …pe… [¶37] They personally respect the Saṅgha … > Pali: saṅghagāravo hoti … [¶38] They personally respect the training … > Pali: sikkhāgāravo hoti … [¶39] They personally respect immersion … > Pali: samādhigāravo hoti … [¶40] They are personally easy to admonish … > Pali: suvaco hoti … [¶41] They personally have good friends, and praise such friendship. And they encourage other mendicants who lack good friends to develop good friendship. And they praise other mendicants who have good friends at the right time, truthfully and correctly. > Pali: kalyāṇamitto hoti, kalyāṇamittatāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Ye caññe bhikkhū na kalyāṇamittā te ca kalyāṇamittatāya samādapeti. Ye caññe bhikkhū kalyāṇamittā tesañca vaṇṇaṁ bhaṇati bhūtaṁ tacchaṁ kālenāti. [¶42] This is how to see the detailed meaning of what I said in brief.” > Pali: Imassa kho, sāriputta, mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti. [¶43] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶44] AN 7.36 · A Friend (1st) > Pali: AN 7.36 · Paṭhamamittasutta [¶45] “Mendicants, you should associate with a friend who has seven factors. What seven? They give what is hard to give. They do what is hard to do. They endure what is hard to endure. They reveal their secrets to you. They keep your secrets. They don’t abandon you in times of trouble. They don’t look down on you in times of loss. You should associate with a friend who has these seven factors. > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mitto sevitabbo. Katamehi sattahi? Duddadaṁ dadāti, dukkaraṁ karoti, dukkhamaṁ khamati, guyhamassa āvi karoti, guyhamassa pariguhati, āpadāsu na jahati, khīṇena nātimaññati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi aṅgehi samannāgato mitto sevitabboti. [¶46] A friend gives what is hard to give, and does what’s hard to do. They put up with your harsh words, and with things hard to endure. > Pali: Duddadaṁ dadāti mitto, dukkarañcāpi kubbati; Athopissa duruttāni, khamati dukkhamāni ca. [¶47] They tell you their secrets, and keep your secrets for you. They don’t abandon you in times of trouble, or look down on you in times of loss. > Pali: Guyhañca tassa akkhāti, guyhassa parigūhati; Āpadāsu na jahāti, khīṇena nātimaññati. [¶48] The individual in whom these things are found is your friend. If you want to have a friend, you should keep company with that sort.” > Pali: Yamhi etāni ṭhānāni, saṁvijjantīdha puggale; So mitto mittakāmena, bhajitabbo tathāvidho”ti. [¶49] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶50] AN 7.37 · A Friend (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.37 · Dutiyamittasutta [¶51] “Mendicants, when a friend has seven qualities you should associate with, accompany, and attend them, even if they drive you away. What seven? They’re liked, agreeable, respected, and admired. They admonish you and they accept admonishment. They speak on deep matters. And they don’t urge you to do bad things. When a friend has these seven qualities you should associate with, accompany, and attend them, even if they drive you away. > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo api panujjamānenapi. Katamehi sattahi? Piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca vattā ca vacanakkhamo ca gambhīrañca kathaṁ kattā hoti, no ca aṭṭhāne niyojeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu mitto sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo api panujjamānenapīti. [¶52] They’re liked, respected, and admired, an admonisher who accepts admonishment, speaks on deep matters, and doesn’t urge you to do bad. > Pali: Piyo garu bhāvanīyo, vattā ca vacanakkhamo; Gambhīrañca kathaṁ kattā, no caṭṭhāne niyojako. [¶53] The individual in whom these things are found is your friend. If you want to have a friend, benevolent and sympathetic, then even if they chase you away, you should keep company with that sort.” > Pali: Yamhi etāni ṭhānāni, saṁvijjantīdha puggale; So mitto mittakāmena, atthakāmānukampato; Api nāsiyamānena, bhajitabbo tathāvidho”ti. [¶54] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶55] AN 7.38 · Textual Analysis (1st) > Pali: AN 7.38 · Paṭhamapaṭisambhidāsutta [¶56] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities will soon realize the four kinds of textual analysis and live having achieved them with their own insight. What seven? > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya. Katamehi sattahi? [¶57] It’s when a mendicant truly understands: ‘This is mental sluggishness’. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṁ me cetaso līnattan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti; [¶58] They truly understand internally constricted mind as ‘internally constricted mind’. > Pali: ajjhattaṁ saṅkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ ‘ajjhattaṁ me saṅkhittaṁ cittan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti; [¶59] They truly understand externally scattered mind as ‘externally scattered mind’. > Pali: bahiddhā vikkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ ‘bahiddhā me vikkhittaṁ cittan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti; [¶60] They know feelings as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away. > Pali: tassa viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṁ gacchanti; [¶61] They know perceptions as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away. > Pali: viditā saññā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṁ gacchanti; [¶62] They know thoughts as they arise, as they remain, and as they go away. > Pali: viditā vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṁ gacchanti; [¶63] The patterns of qualities—suitable or unsuitable, inferior or superior, or those with a portion of dark or bright—are properly grasped, focused on, borne in mind, and penetrated with wisdom. > Pali: sappāyāsappāyesu kho panassa dhammesu hīnappaṇītesu kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgesu nimittaṁ suggahitaṁ hoti sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ suppaṭividdhaṁ paññāya. [¶64] A mendicant with these seven qualities will soon realize the four kinds of textual analysis and live having achieved them with their own insight.” > Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā”ti. [¶65] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶66] AN 7.39 · Textual Analysis (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.39 · Dutiyapaṭisambhidāsutta [¶67] “Mendicants, having seven qualities, Sāriputta realized the four kinds of textual analysis and lives having achieved them with his own insight. What seven? > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Katamehi sattahi? [¶68] It’s when Sāriputta truly understood: ‘This is mental sluggishness’. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto ‘idaṁ me cetaso līnattan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti; [¶69] He truly understood internally constricted mind as ‘internally constricted mind’. > Pali: ajjhattaṁ saṅkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ ‘ajjhattaṁ me saṅkhittaṁ cittan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti; [¶70] He truly understood externally scattered mind as ‘externally scattered mind’. > Pali: bahiddhā vikkhittaṁ vā cittaṁ ‘bahiddhā me vikkhittaṁ cittan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti; [¶71] He knew feelings, perceptions, and thoughts as they arose, as they remained, and as they went away. > Pali: tassa viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṁ gacchanti; viditā saññā …pe… vitakkā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṁ gacchanti; [¶72] The patterns of qualities—suitable or unsuitable, inferior or superior, or those with a portion of dark or bright—were properly grasped, focused on, borne in mind, and penetrated with wisdom. > Pali: sappāyāsappāyesu kho panassa dhammesu hīnappaṇītesu kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgesu nimittaṁ suggahitaṁ sumanasikataṁ sūpadhāritaṁ suppaṭividdhaṁ paññāya. [¶73] Having these seven qualities, Sāriputta realized the four kinds of textual analysis and lives having achieved them with his own insight.” > Pali: Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto catasso paṭisambhidā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī”ti. [¶74] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶75] AN 7.40 · Mastery of the Mind (1st) > Pali: AN 7.40 · Paṭhamavasasutta [¶76] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities masters their mind and is not mastered by it. What seven? It’s when a mendicant is skilled at immersion, skilled in entering immersion, skilled in remaining in immersion, skilled in emerging from immersion, skilled in positivity for immersion, skilled in the territory of immersion, and skilled in projecting the mind purified by immersion. A mendicant with these seven qualities masters their mind and is not mastered by it.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cittaṁ vase vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. Katamehi sattahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samādhikusalo hoti, samādhissa samāpattikusalo hoti, samādhissa ṭhitikusalo hoti, samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti, samādhissa kalyāṇakusalo hoti, samādhissa gocarakusalo hoti, samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu cittaṁ vase vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattatī”ti. [¶77] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶78] AN 7.41 · Mastery of the Mind (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.41 · Dutiyavasasutta [¶79] “Mendicants, having seven qualities Sāriputta has mastered his mind and is not mastered by it. What seven? Sāriputta is skilled at immersion, skilled in entering immersion, skilled in remaining in immersion, skilled in emerging from immersion, skilled in positivity for immersion, skilled in the territory of immersion, and skilled in projecting the mind purified by immersion. Having these seven qualities Sāriputta has mastered his mind and is not mastered by it.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto cittaṁ vase vatteti, no ca sāriputto cittassa vasena vattati. Katamehi sattahi? Idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto samādhikusalo hoti, samādhissa samāpattikusalo, samādhissa ṭhitikusalo, samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalo, samādhissa kalyāṇakusalo, samādhissa gocarakusalo, samādhissa abhinīhārakusalo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto cittaṁ vase vatteti, no ca sāriputto cittassa vasena vattatī”ti. [¶80] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶81] AN 7.42 · Graduation (1st) > Pali: AN 7.42 · Paṭhamaniddasasutta [¶82] Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms. Then it occurred to him, “It’s too early to wander for alms in Sāvatthī. Why don’t I visit the monastery for the wanderers of other religions?” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi: “atippago kho tāva sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya carituṁ. Yannūnāhaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. [¶83] Then he went to the monastery for the wanderers of other religions and exchanged greetings with the wanderers there. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. [¶84] Now at that time while those wanderers of other religions were sitting together this discussion came up among them, “Reverends, anyone who lives the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’.” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayamantarākathā udapādi: “yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti. [¶85] Sāriputta neither approved nor rejected that statement of the wanderers of other religions. He rose from his seat, thinking, “I will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandi nappaṭikkosi. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi: “bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī”ti. [¶86] Then Sāriputta wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding: > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶87] “Sir, in this teaching and training can we describe a mendicant as a ‘graduate’ solely because they have completed a certain number of years?” > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, etadahosi: ‘atippago kho tāva sāvatthiyaṁ piṇḍāya carituṁ. Yannūnāhaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyan’ti. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkamiṁ; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. Tena kho pana, bhante, samayena tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayamantarākathā udapādi: ‘yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, niddaso bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāyā’ti. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ: ‘bhagavato santike etassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī’ti. Sakkā nu kho, bhante, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye kevalaṁ vassagaṇanamattena niddaso bhikkhu paññāpetun”ti? [¶88] “No, Sāriputta, we cannot. I make known these seven qualifications for graduation after realizing them with my own insight. > Pali: “Na kho, sāriputta, sakkā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye kevalaṁ vassagaṇanamattena niddaso bhikkhu paññāpetuṁ. Satta kho imāni, sāriputta, niddasavatthūni mayā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. [¶89] What seven? It’s when a mendicant has a keen enthusiasm to undertake the training … to examine the teachings … to get rid of desires … for retreat … to rouse up energy … for mindfulness and alertness … to penetrate theoretically. And they don’t lose these desires in the future. These are the seven qualifications for graduation that I make known after realizing them with my own insight. A mendicant who has these seven qualifications for graduation is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’. This is so whether they have lived the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years, twenty-four years, thirty-six years, or forty-eight years.” > Pali: Katamāni satta? Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemo, dhammanisantiyā tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca dhammanisantiyā avigatapemo, icchāvinaye tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca icchāvinaye avigatapemo, paṭisallāne tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca paṭisallāne avigatapemo, vīriyārambhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca vīriyārambhe avigatapemo, satinepakke tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca satinepakke avigatapemo, diṭṭhipaṭivedhe tibbacchando hoti āyatiñca diṭṭhipaṭivedhe avigatapemo. Imāni kho, sāriputta, satta niddasavatthūni mayā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. Imehi kho, sāriputta, sattahi niddasavatthūhi samannāgato bhikkhu dvādasa cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya; catubbīsati cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya; chattiṁsati cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya, aṭṭhacattārīsañcepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti. [¶90] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ. [¶91] AN 7.43 · Graduation (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.43 · Dutiyaniddasasutta [¶92] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kosambī in Ghosita’s monastery. > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosambiyaṁ viharati ghositārāme. [¶93] Then Venerable Ānanda robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Kosambī for alms. Then it occurred to him, “It’s too early to wander for alms in Kosambī. Why don’t I visit the monastery for the wanderers of other religions?” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi: “atippago kho tāva kosambiyaṁ piṇḍāya carituṁ. Yannūnāhaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti. [¶94] Then he went to the monastery for the wanderers of other religions and exchanged greetings with the wanderers there. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. [¶95] Now at that time while those wanderers of other religions were sitting together this discussion came up among them, “Reverends, anyone who lives the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’.” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayamantarākathā udapādi: “yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti. [¶96] Ānanda neither approved nor rejected that statement of the wanderers of other religions. He rose from his seat, thinking, “I will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandi nappaṭikkosi. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi: “bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī”ti. [¶97] Then Ānanda wandered for alms in Kosambī. After the meal, on his return from almsround, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened, adding: > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṁ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶98] > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya kosambiṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, etadahosi: ‘atippago kho tāva kosambiyaṁ piṇḍāya carituṁ. Yannūnāhaṁ yena aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyan’ti …pe… tehi saddhiṁ sammodiṁ. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁ. [¶99] “Sir, in this teaching and training can we describe a mendicant as a ‘graduate’ solely because they have completed a certain number of years?” > Pali: Tena kho pana, bhante, samayena tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ sannisinnānaṁ sannipatitānaṁ ayamantarākathā udapādi: ‘yo hi koci, āvuso, dvādasavassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, niddaso bhikkhūti alaṁvacanāyā’ti. Atha khvāhaṁ, bhante, tesaṁ aññatitthiyānaṁ paribbājakānaṁ bhāsitaṁ neva abhinandiṁ nappaṭikkosiṁ. Anabhinanditvā, appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ: ‘bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṁ ājānissāmī’ti. Sakkā nu kho, bhante, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye kevalaṁ vassagaṇanamattena niddaso bhikkhu paññāpetun”ti? [¶100] “No, Ānanda, we cannot. These are the seven qualifications for graduation that I make known after realizing them with my own insight. > Pali: “Na kho, ānanda, sakkā imasmiṁ dhammavinaye kevalaṁ vassagaṇanamattena niddaso bhikkhu paññāpetuṁ. Satta kho imāni, ānanda, niddasavatthūni mayā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. [¶101] What seven? It’s when someone is faithful, conscientious, prudent, learned, energetic, mindful, and wise. These are the seven qualifications for graduation that I make known after realizing them with my own insight. A mendicant who possesses these seven qualifications for graduation is qualified to be called a ‘graduate mendicant’. This is so whether they have lived the full and pure spiritual life for twelve years, twenty-four years, thirty-six years, or forty-eight years.” > Pali: Katamāni satta? Idhānanda, bhikkhu, saddho hoti, hirīmā hoti, ottappī hoti, bahussuto hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, satimā hoti, paññavā hoti. Imāni kho, ānanda, satta niddasavatthūni mayā sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditāni. Imehi kho, ānanda, sattahi niddasavatthūhi samannāgato bhikkhu dvādasa cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya; catubbīsati cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya; chattiṁsati cepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāya, aṭṭhacattārīsañcepi vassāni paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, ‘niddaso bhikkhū’ti alaṁvacanāyā”ti. [¶102] > Pali: Dvādasamaṁ. [¶103] > Pali: Devatāvaggo catuttho. [¶104] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶105] > Pali: Appamādo hirī ceva, dve suvacā duve mittā; Dve paṭisambhidā dve vasā, duve niddasavatthunāti. ## 5. A Great Sacrifice · AN 7.44–7.50 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/5/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/5/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.44 · Planes of Consciousness > Pali: AN 7.44 · Sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitisutta [¶1] “Mendicants, there are these seven planes of consciousness. What seven? > Pali: “Sattimā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Katamā satta? [¶2] There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and diverse in perception, such as human beings, some gods, and some beings in the underworld. This is the first plane of consciousness. > Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā, ekacce ca devā, ekacce ca vinipātikā. Ayaṁ paṭhamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. [¶3] There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and unified in perception, such as the gods reborn in the Divinity’s host through the first absorption. This is the second plane of consciousness. > Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā. Ayaṁ dutiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. [¶4] There are sentient beings that are unified in body and diverse in perception, such as the gods of sublime luminosity. This is the third plane of consciousness. > Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā. Ayaṁ tatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. [¶5] There are sentient beings that are unified in body and unified in perception, such as the gods of universal beauty. This is the fourth plane of consciousness. > Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā. Ayaṁ catutthā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. [¶6] There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond perceptions of form. With the disappearance of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite space. This is the fifth plane of consciousness. > Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṁ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṁ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṁ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṁ pañcamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. [¶7] There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite consciousness. This is the sixth plane of consciousness. > Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā. Ayaṁ chaṭṭhā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. [¶8] There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they have been reborn in the dimension of nothingness. This is the seventh plane of consciousness. > Pali: Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā. Ayaṁ sattamā viññāṇaṭṭhiti. [¶9] These are the seven planes of consciousness.” > Pali: Imā kho, bhikkhave, satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo”ti. [¶10] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶11] AN 7.45 · Prerequisites for Immersion > Pali: AN 7.45 · Samādhiparikkhārasutta [¶12] “Mendicants, there are these seven prerequisites for immersion. What seven? Right view, right purpose, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, and right mindfulness. Unification of mind with these seven factors as prerequisites is what is called noble right immersion ‘with its vital conditions’ and also ‘with its prerequisites’.” > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, samādhiparikkhārā. Katame satta? Sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati. Yā kho, bhikkhave, imehi sattahaṅgehi cittassekaggatā parikkhatā, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyo sammāsamādhi saupaniso itipi saparikkhāro itipī”ti. [¶13] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶14] AN 7.46 · Fires (1st) > Pali: AN 7.46 · Paṭhamaaggisutta [¶15] “Mendicants, there are these seven fires. What seven? The fires of greed, hate, delusion. The fire of those worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods. A householder’s fire. The fire of those worthy of a religious donation. And a wood fire. These are the seven fires.” > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, aggī. Katame satta? Rāgaggi, dosaggi, mohaggi, āhuneyyaggi, gahapataggi, dakkhiṇeyyaggi, kaṭṭhaggi— ime kho, bhikkhave, satta aggī”ti. [¶16] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶17] AN 7.47 · Fires (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.47 · Dutiyaaggisutta [¶18] Now at that time the brahmin Uggatasarīra had prepared a large sacrifice. Bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats and rams—five hundred of each—had been led to the post for the sacrifice. > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena uggatasarīrassa brāhmaṇassa mahāyañño upakkhaṭo hoti. Pañca usabhasatāni thūṇūpanītāni honti yaññatthāya, pañca vacchatarasatāni thūṇūpanītāni honti yaññatthāya, pañca vacchatarisatāni thūṇūpanītāni honti yaññatthāya, pañca ajasatāni thūṇūpanītāni honti yaññatthāya, pañca urabbhasatāni thūṇūpanītāni honti yaññatthāya. [¶19] Then the brahmin Uggatasarīra went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha, “Worthy Gotama, I have heard that kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post is very fruitful and beneficial.” > Pali: Atha kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “Sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, aggissa ādānaṁ yūpassa ussāpanaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. [¶20] “I’ve also heard this, brahmin.” > Pali: “Mayāpi kho etaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sutaṁ aggissa ādānaṁ yūpassa ussāpanaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. [¶21] For a second time … and third time Uggatasarīra said to the Buddha, “Worthy Gotama, I have heard that kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post is very fruitful and beneficial.” > Pali: Dutiyampi kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo …pe… tatiyampi kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, aggissa ādānaṁ yūpassa ussāpanaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. [¶22] “I’ve also heard this, brahmin.” > Pali: “Mayāpi kho etaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sutaṁ aggissa ādānaṁ yūpassa ussāpanaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. [¶23] “Then the worthy Gotama and I are in total agreement in this matter.” > Pali: “Tayidaṁ, bho gotama, sameti bhoto ceva gotamassa amhākañca, yadidaṁ sabbena sabbaṁ”. [¶24] When he said this, Venerable Ānanda said to Uggatasarīra, “Brahmin, you shouldn’t ask the Buddha in this way. You should ask in this way: ‘Sir, I want to kindle the sacrificial fire and raise the sacrificial post. May the Buddha please advise and instruct me. It will be for my lasting welfare and happiness.’” > Pali: Evaṁ vutte āyasmā ānando uggatasarīraṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavoca: “na kho, brāhmaṇa, tathāgatā evaṁ pucchitabbā: ‘sutaṁ metaṁ, bho gotama, aggissa ādānaṁ yūpassa ussāpanaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan’ti. Evaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, tathāgatā pucchitabbā: ‘ahañhi, bhante, aggiṁ ādātukāmo, yūpaṁ ussāpetukāmo. Ovadatu maṁ, bhante, bhagavā. Anusāsatu maṁ, bhante, bhagavā yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā’”ti. [¶25] Then Uggatasarīra said to the Buddha, “Worthy Gotama, I want to kindle the sacrificial fire and raise the sacrificial post. May the worthy Gotama please advise and instruct me. It will be for my lasting welfare and happiness.” > Pali: Atha kho uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “ahañhi, bho gotama, aggiṁ ādātukāmo yūpaṁ ussāpetukāmo. Ovadatu maṁ bhavaṁ gotamo. Anusāsatu maṁ bhavaṁ gotamo yaṁ mama assa dīgharattaṁ hitāya sukhāyā”ti. [¶26] “Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post, one raises three unskillful knives which ripen and result in suffering. What three? The knives of the body, speech, and mind. Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post one gives rise to the thought: ‘May this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, and rams be slaughtered for the sacrifice!’ Thinking, ‘May I make goodness’, one makes wickedness. Thinking, ‘May I do good’, one does bad. Thinking, ‘May I seek the path to a good rebirth’, one seeks the path to a bad rebirth. Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post one raises this first unskillful mental knife which ripens and results in suffering. > Pali: “Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā tīṇi satthāni ussāpeti akusalāni dukkhudrayāni dukkhavipākāni. Katamāni tīṇi? Kāyasatthaṁ, vacīsatthaṁ, manosatthaṁ. Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā evaṁ cittaṁ uppādesi: ‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāyā’ti. So ‘puññaṁ karomī’ti apuññaṁ karoti, ‘kusalaṁ karomī’ti akusalaṁ karoti, ‘sugatiyā maggaṁ pariyesāmī’ti duggatiyā maggaṁ pariyesati. Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā idaṁ paṭhamaṁ manosatthaṁ ussāpeti akusalaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākaṁ. [¶27] Furthermore, even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post, one says such things as: ‘May this many bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, and rams be slaughtered for the sacrifice!’ Thinking, ‘May I make goodness’, one makes wickedness. Thinking, ‘May I do good’, one does bad. Thinking, ‘May I seek the path to a good rebirth’, one seeks the path to a bad rebirth. Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post one raises this second unskillful verbal knife which ripens and results in suffering. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, aggiṁ ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā evaṁ vācaṁ bhāsati: ‘ettakā usabhā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatarā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā vacchatariyo haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā ajā haññantu yaññatthāya, ettakā urabbhā haññantu yaññatthāyā’ti. So ‘puññaṁ karomī’ti apuññaṁ karoti, ‘kusalaṁ karomī’ti akusalaṁ karoti, ‘sugatiyā maggaṁ pariyesāmī’ti duggatiyā maggaṁ pariyesati. Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā idaṁ dutiyaṁ vacīsatthaṁ ussāpeti akusalaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākaṁ. [¶28] Furthermore, even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post one first personally undertakes preparations for the sacrificial slaughter of bulls, bullocks, heifers, goats, and rams. Thinking, ‘May I make goodness’, one makes wickedness. Thinking, ‘May I do good’, one does bad. Thinking, ‘May I seek the path to a good rebirth’, one seeks the path to a bad rebirth. Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post, one raises this third unskillful bodily knife which ripens and results in suffering. Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post, one raises these three unskillful knives which ripen and result in suffering. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, aggiṁ ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati usabhā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati vacchatarā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati vacchatariyo hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati ajā hantuṁ yaññatthāya, sayaṁ paṭhamaṁ samārambhati urabbhā hantuṁ yaññatthāya. So ‘puññaṁ karomī’ti apuññaṁ karoti, ‘kusalaṁ karomī’ti akusalaṁ karoti, ‘sugatiyā maggaṁ pariyesāmī’ti duggatiyā maggaṁ pariyesati. Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā idaṁ tatiyaṁ kāyasatthaṁ ussāpeti akusalaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākaṁ. Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā imāni tīṇi satthāni ussāpeti akusalāni dukkhudrayāni dukkhavipākāni. [¶29] Brahmin, these three fires should be given up and shunned, not cultivated. What three? The fires of greed, hate, and delusion. > Pali: Tayome, brāhmaṇa, aggī pahātabbā parivajjetabbā, na sevitabbā. Katame tayo? Rāgaggi, dosaggi, mohaggi. [¶30] And why should the fire of greed be given up and shunned, not cultivated? A greedy person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. That’s why the fire of greed should be given up and shunned, not cultivated. > Pali: Kasmā cāyaṁ, brāhmaṇa, rāgaggi pahātabbo parivajjetabbo, na sevitabbo? Ratto kho, brāhmaṇa, rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. So kāyena duccaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṁ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. Tasmāyaṁ rāgaggi pahātabbo parivajjetabbo, na sevitabbo. [¶31] And why should the fire of hate be given up and shunned, not cultivated? A hateful person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. That’s why the fire of hate should be given up and shunned, not cultivated. > Pali: Kasmā cāyaṁ, brāhmaṇa, dosaggi pahātabbo parivajjetabbo, na sevitabbo? Duṭṭho kho, brāhmaṇa, dosena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. So kāyena duccaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṁ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. Tasmāyaṁ dosaggi pahātabbo parivajjetabbo, na sevitabbo. [¶32] And why should the fire of delusion be given up and shunned, not cultivated? A deluded person does bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. That’s why the fire of delusion should be given up and shunned, not cultivated. These three fires should be given up and shunned, not cultivated. > Pali: Kasmā cāyaṁ, brāhmaṇa, mohaggi pahātabbo parivajjetabbo, na sevitabbo? Mūḷho kho, brāhmaṇa, mohena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. So kāyena duccaritaṁ caritvā, vācāya duccaritaṁ caritvā, manasā duccaritaṁ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. Tasmāyaṁ mohaggi pahātabbo parivajjetabbo, na sevitabbo. Ime kho tayo, brāhmaṇa, aggī pahātabbā parivajjetabbā, na sevitabbā. [¶33] Brahmin, you should properly and happily take care of three fires, honoring, respecting, esteeming, and venerating them. What three? The fire of those worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods. The fire of a householder. And the fire of those worthy of a religious donation. > Pali: Tayo kho, brāhmaṇa, aggī sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā sammā sukhaṁ parihātabbā. Katame tayo? Āhuneyyaggi, gahapataggi, dakkhiṇeyyaggi. [¶34] And what is the fire of those worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods? Your mother and father are called the fire of those worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods. Why is that? Since it is from them that you’ve been incubated and produced. So you should properly and happily take care of this fire, honoring, respecting, esteeming, and venerating it. > Pali: Katamo ca, brāhmaṇa, āhuneyyaggi? Idha, brāhmaṇa, yassa te honti mātāti vā pitāti vā, ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, āhuneyyaggi. Taṁ kissa hetu? Atohayaṁ, brāhmaṇa, āhuto sambhūto, tasmāyaṁ āhuneyyaggi sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā sammā sukhaṁ parihātabbo. [¶35] And what is the fire of a householder? Your children, partners, bondservants, servants, and workers are called a householder’s fire. So you should properly and happily take care of this fire, honoring, respecting, esteeming, and venerating it. > Pali: Katamo ca, brāhmaṇa, gahapataggi? Idha, brāhmaṇa, yassa te honti puttāti vā dārāti vā dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, gahapataggi. Tasmāyaṁ gahapataggi sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā sammā sukhaṁ parihātabbo. [¶36] And what is the fire of those worthy of a religious donation? The ascetics and brahmins who refrain from intoxication and negligence, are settled in patience and gentleness, and who tame, calm, and extinguish themselves are called the fire of those worthy of a religious donation. So you should properly and happily take care of this fire, honoring, respecting, esteeming, and venerating it. You should properly and happily take care of these three fires, honoring, respecting, esteeming, and venerating them. > Pali: Katamo ca, brāhmaṇa, dakkhiṇeyyaggi? Idha, brāhmaṇa, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā parappavādā paṭiviratā khantisoracce niviṭṭhā ekamattānaṁ damenti, ekamattānaṁ samenti, ekamattānaṁ parinibbāpenti, ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, dakkhiṇeyyaggi. Tasmāyaṁ dakkhiṇeyyaggi sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā sammā sukhaṁ parihātabbo. Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, tayo aggī sakkatvā garuṁ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā sammā sukhaṁ parihātabbā. [¶37] But the wood fire, brahmin, should, from time to time, be fanned, watched over with equanimity, extinguished, or put aside.” > Pali: Ayaṁ kho pana, brāhmaṇa, kaṭṭhaggi kālena kālaṁ ujjaletabbo, kālena kālaṁ ajjhupekkhitabbo, kālena kālaṁ nibbāpetabbo, kālena kālaṁ nikkhipitabbo”ti. [¶38] When he said this, the brahmin Uggatasarīra said to the Buddha, “Excellent, worthy Gotama! Excellent! … From this day forth, may the worthy Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life. Worthy Gotama, I now set free these five hundred bulls, five hundred bullocks, five hundred heifers, five hundred goats, and five hundred rams. I give them life! May they eat grass and drink cool water and enjoy a cool breeze!” > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, uggatasarīro brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama …pe… upāsakaṁ maṁ bhavaṁ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatanti. Esāhaṁ, bho gotama, pañca usabhasatāni muñcāmi jīvitaṁ demi, pañca vacchatarasatāni muñcāmi jīvitaṁ demi, pañca vacchatarisatāni muñcāmi jīvitaṁ demi, pañca ajasatāni muñcāmi jīvitaṁ demi, pañca urabbhasatāni muñcāmi jīvitaṁ demi. Haritāni ceva tiṇāni khādantu, sītāni ca pānīyāni pivantu, sīto ca nesaṁ vāto upavāyatan”ti. [¶39] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶40] AN 7.48 · Perceptions in Brief > Pali: AN 7.48 · Paṭhamasaññāsutta [¶41] “Mendicants, these seven perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They have freedom from death as their objective and culmination. > Pali: “Sattimā, bhikkhave, saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. [¶42] What seven? The perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, and not-self in suffering. These seven perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They have freedom from death as their objective and culmination.” > Pali: Katamā satta? Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā. Imā kho, bhikkhave, satta saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā”ti. [¶43] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶44] AN 7.49 · Perceptions in Detail > Pali: AN 7.49 · Dutiyasaññāsutta [¶45] “Mendicants, these seven perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They have freedom from death as their objective and culmination. What seven? The perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, and not-self in suffering. These seven perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They have freedom from death as their objective and culmination. > Pali: “Sattimā, bhikkhave, saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Katamā satta? Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā. Imā kho, bhikkhave, satta saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānāti. [¶46] ‘When the perception of ugliness is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of ugliness, their mind draws back from sexual intercourse. They shrink away, turn aside, and don’t get drawn into it. And either equanimity or revulsion become stabilized. It’s like a chicken’s feather or a scrap of sinew thrown in a fire. It shrivels up, shrinks, rolls up, and doesn’t stretch out. In the same way, when a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of ugliness, their mind draws back from sexual intercourse. … > Pali: ‘Asubhasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti. iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Asubhasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭapattaṁ vā nhārudaddulaṁ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asubhasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. [¶47] If a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of ugliness, but their mind is drawn to sexual intercourse, and not repulsed, they should know: ‘My perception of ugliness is undeveloped. I don’t have any distinction higher than before. I haven’t attained a fruit of development.’ In this way they are aware of the situation. But if a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of ugliness, their mind draws back from sexual intercourse … they should know: ‘My perception of ugliness is well developed. I have realized a distinction higher than before. I have attained a fruit of development.’ In this way they are aware of the situation. ‘When the perception of ugliness is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asubhasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṁ anusandahati appaṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘abhāvitā me asubhasaññā, natthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, appattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno asubhasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato methunadhammasamāpattiyā cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘subhāvitā me asubhasaññā, atthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, pattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. ‘Asubhasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶48] ‘When the perception of death is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of death, their mind draws back from desire to be reborn. … That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Maraṇasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Maraṇasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato jīvitanikantiyā cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭapattaṁ vā nhārudaddulaṁ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno maraṇasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato jīvitanikantiyā cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno maraṇasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato jīvitanikantiyā cittaṁ anusandahati appaṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘abhāvitā me maraṇasaññā, natthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, appattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno maraṇasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato jīvitanikantiyā cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘subhāvitā me maraṇasaññā, atthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, pattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. ‘Maraṇasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶49] ‘When the perception of the repulsiveness of food is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of the repulsiveness of food, their mind draws back from craving for tastes. … That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ, kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Āhāre paṭikūlasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato rasataṇhāya cittaṁ patilīyati …pe… upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭapattaṁ vā nhārudaddulaṁ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno āhāre paṭikūlasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato rasataṇhāya cittaṁ patilīyati …pe… upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno āhāre paṭikūlasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato rasataṇhāya cittaṁ anusandahati appaṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘abhāvitā me āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, natthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, appattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno āhāre paṭikūlasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato rasataṇhāya cittaṁ patilīyati …pe… upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘subhāvitā me āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, atthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, pattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. ‘Āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶50] ‘When the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of dissatisfaction with the whole world, their mind draws back from the world’s shiny things. … That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Sabbaloke anabhiratasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lokacitresu cittaṁ patilīyati …pe… seyyathāpi bhikkhave …pe… patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sabbaloke anabhiratasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lokacitresu cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sabbaloke anabhiratasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lokacitresu cittaṁ anusandahati appaṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘abhāvitā me sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, natthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, appattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno sabbaloke anabhiratasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lokacitresu cittaṁ patilīyati …pe… upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘subhāvitā me sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, atthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, pattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. ‘Sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶51] ‘When the perception of impermanence is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of impermanence, their mind draws back from possessions, honor, and popularity. … That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Aniccasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Aniccasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lābhasakkārasiloke cittaṁ patilīyati …pe… upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭapattaṁ vā nhārudaddulaṁ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati na sampasāriyati. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno aniccasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lābhasakkārasiloke cittaṁ patilīyati …pe… upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno aniccasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lābhasakkārasiloke cittaṁ anusandahati appaṭikulyatā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘abhāvitā me aniccasaññā, natthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, appattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno aniccasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato lābhasakkārasiloke cittaṁ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati, na sampasāriyati upekkhā vā pāṭikulyatā vā saṇṭhāti; veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘subhāvitā me aniccasaññā, atthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, pattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. ‘Aniccasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶52] ‘When the perception of suffering in impermanence is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of suffering in impermanence, they establish a keen perception of the danger of sloth, laziness, slackness, negligence, lack of commitment, and failure to review, like a killer with a drawn sword. … That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: ‘Anicce dukkhasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Anicce dukkhasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato ālasye kosajje vissaṭṭhiye pamāde ananuyoge apaccavekkhaṇāya tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ukkhittāsike vadhake. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno anicce dukkhasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato ālasye kosajje vissaṭṭhiye pamāde ananuyoge apaccavekkhaṇāya tibbā bhayasaññā, na paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ukkhittāsike vadhake. Veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘abhāvitā me anicce dukkhasaññā, natthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, appattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno anicce dukkhasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato ālasye kosajje vissaṭṭhiye pamāde ananuyoge apaccavekkhaṇāya tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ukkhittāsike vadhake. Veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘subhāvitā me anicce dukkhasaññā, atthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, pattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. ‘Anicce dukkhasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶53] ‘When the perception of not-self in suffering is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, but why did I say it? When a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of not-self in suffering, their heart is rid of I-making, mine-making, and conceit for this conscious body and externally for all signs. It has gone beyond discrimination, and is peaceful and well freed. > Pali: ‘Dukkhe anattasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti kho panetaṁ vuttaṁ. Kiñcetaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ? Dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno cetasā bahulaṁ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttaṁ. [¶54] If a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of not-self in suffering, but their heart is not rid of I-making, mine-making, and conceit for this conscious body and externally for all signs; nor has it gone beyond discrimination, and is not peaceful or well freed, they should know: ‘My perception of not-self in suffering is undeveloped. I don’t have any distinction higher than before. I haven’t attained a fruit of development.’ In this way they are aware of the situation. > Pali: Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu na ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttaṁ. Veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘abhāvitā me dukkhe anattasaññā, natthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, appattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. [¶55] But if a mendicant often meditates with a mind reinforced with the perception of not-self in suffering, and their heart is rid of I-making, mine-making, and conceit for this conscious body and externally for all signs; and it has gone beyond discrimination, and is peaceful and well freed, they should know: ‘My perception of not-self in suffering is well developed. I have realized a distinction higher than before. I have attained a fruit of development.’ In this way they are aware of the situation. ‘When the perception of not-self in suffering is developed and cultivated it’s very fruitful and beneficial. It has freedom from death as its objective and culmination.’ That’s what I said, and this is why I said it. > Pali: Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dukkhe anattasaññāparicitena cetasā bahulaṁ viharato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānāpagataṁ mānasaṁ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṁ santaṁ suvimuttaṁ. Veditabbametaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā ‘subhāvitā me dukkhe anattasaññā, atthi me pubbenāparaṁ viseso, pattaṁ me bhāvanābalan’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. ‘Dukkhe anattasaññā, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’ti, iti yaṁ taṁ vuttaṁ idametaṁ paṭicca vuttaṁ. [¶56] These seven perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. Their objective and culmination is freedom from death.” > Pali: Imā kho, bhikkhave, satta saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṁsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā”ti. [¶57] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶58] AN 7.50 · Sex > Pali: AN 7.50 · Methunasutta [¶59] Then the brahmin Jānussoṇi went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him. When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha, “Does Worthy Gotama claim to be chaste?” > Pali: Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṁ kathaṁ sāraṇīyaṁ vītisāretvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “bhavampi no gotamo brahmacārī paṭijānātī”ti? [¶60] “Brahmin, if anyone should be rightly said to live the chaste life intact, impeccable, spotless, and unmarred, full and pure, it’s me.” > Pali: “Yañhi taṁ, brāhmaṇa, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘akhaṇḍaṁ acchiddaṁ asabalaṁ akammāsaṁ paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ caratī’ti, mameva taṁ, brāhmaṇa, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, akhaṇḍaṁ acchiddaṁ asabalaṁ akammāsaṁ paripuṇṇaṁ parisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carāmī’”ti. [¶61] “But what, Worthy Gotama, is a break, taint, stain, or mar in chastity?” > Pali: “Kiṁ pana, bho gotama, brahmacariyassa khaṇḍampi chiddampi sabalampi kammāsampī”ti? [¶62] “Firstly, an ascetic or brahmin who claims to be perfectly chaste does not mutually engage in sex with a lady. However, they consent to being anointed, massaged, bathed, and rubbed by a lady. They enjoy it and like it and find it rewarding. This is a break, taint, stain, or mar in chastity. This is called one who lives the chaste life impurely, yoked by the yoke of sex. They’re not freed from rebirth, old age, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not freed from suffering, I say. > Pali: “Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā sammā brahmacārī paṭijānamāno na heva kho mātugāmena saddhiṁ dvayaṁdvayasamāpattiṁ samāpajjati; api ca kho mātugāmassa ucchādanaparimaddananhāpanasambāhanaṁ sādiyati. So taṁ assādeti, taṁ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṁ āpajjati. Idampi kho, brāhmaṇa, brahmacariyassa khaṇḍampi chiddampi sabalampi kammāsampi. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, aparisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati, saṁyutto methunena saṁyogena na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. [¶63] Furthermore, an ascetic or brahmin who claims to be perfectly chaste does not mutually engage in sex with a lady. Nor do they consent to massage and bathing. However, they giggle and play and have fun with ladies. … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, brāhmaṇa, idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā sammā brahmacārī paṭijānamāno na heva kho mātugāmena saddhiṁ dvayaṁdvayasamāpattiṁ samāpajjati, napi mātugāmassa ucchādanaparimaddananhāpanasambāhanaṁ sādiyati; api ca kho mātugāmena saddhiṁ sañjagghati saṅkīḷati saṅkelāyati …pe…. [¶64] they gaze into a lady’s eyes. … > Pali: Napi mātugāmena saddhiṁ sañjagghati saṅkīḷati saṅkelāyati; api ca kho mātugāmassa cakkhunā cakkhuṁ upanijjhāyati pekkhati …pe…. [¶65] they listen through a wall or rampart to the sound of ladies laughing or chatting or singing or crying. … > Pali: Napi mātugāmassa cakkhunā cakkhuṁ upanijjhāyati pekkhati; api ca kho mātugāmassa saddaṁ suṇāti tirokuṭṭaṁ vā tiropākāraṁ vā hasantiyā vā bhaṇantiyā vā gāyantiyā vā rodantiyā vā …pe…. [¶66] they recall when they used to laugh, chat, and have fun with ladies. … > Pali: Napi mātugāmassa saddaṁ suṇāti tirokuṭṭaṁ vā tiropākāraṁ vā hasantiyā vā bhaṇantiyā vā gāyantiyā vā rodantiyā vā; api ca kho yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṁ hasitalapitakīḷitāni tāni anussarati …pe…. [¶67] they see a householder or their child amusing themselves, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation. … > Pali: Napi yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṁ hasitalapitakīḷitāni tāni anussarati; api ca kho passati gahapatiṁ vā gahapatiputtaṁ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṁ samaṅgībhūtaṁ paricārayamānaṁ …pe…. [¶68] They don’t see a householder or their child amusing themselves, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation. However, they live the chaste life wishing to be reborn in one of the orders of gods. They think: ‘By this precept or observance or fervent austerity or spiritual practice, may I become one of the gods!’ They enjoy it and like it and find it rewarding. This is a break, taint, stain, or mar in chastity. This is called one who lives the chaste life impurely, yoked by the yoke of sex. They’re not free from rebirth, old age, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not free from suffering, I say. > Pali: Napi passati gahapatiṁ vā gahapatiputtaṁ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṁ samaṅgībhūtaṁ paricārayamānaṁ; api ca kho aññataraṁ devanikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ carati imināhaṁ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vāti. So taṁ assādeti, taṁ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṁ āpajjati. Idampi kho, brāhmaṇa, brahmacariyassa khaṇḍampi chiddampi sabalampi kammāsampi. Ayaṁ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, aparisuddhaṁ brahmacariyaṁ carati saṁyutto methunena saṁyogena, na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. [¶69] As long as I saw that these seven sexual yokes—or even one of them—had not been given up in me, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. > Pali: Yāvakīvañcāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, imesaṁ sattannaṁ methunasaṁyogānaṁ aññataraññataramethunasaṁyogaṁ attani appahīnaṁ samanupassiṁ, neva tāvāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. [¶70] But when I saw that these seven sexual yokes—every one of them—had been given up in me, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and divinities, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans. Knowledge and vision arose in me: ‘My freedom is unshakable; this is my last rebirth; now there’ll be no more future lives.’” > Pali: Yato ca khohaṁ, brāhmaṇa, imesaṁ sattannaṁ methunasaṁyogānaṁ aññataraññataramethunasaṁyogaṁ attani appahīnaṁ na samanupassiṁ, athāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṁ sammāsambodhiṁ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṁ. ‘Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṁ udapādi, akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’”ti. [¶71] When he said this, the brahmin Jānussoṇi said to the Buddha, “Excellent, worthy Gotama! Excellent! … From this day forth, may the worthy Gotama remember me as a lay follower who has gone for refuge for life.” > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṁ, bho gotama …pe… upāsakaṁ maṁ bhavaṁ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṁ saraṇaṁ gatan”ti. [¶72] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. ## 6. A Great Sacrifice · AN 7.51–7.53 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/6/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/6/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.51 · Yoking and Unyoking > Pali: AN 7.51 · Saṁyogasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, I will teach you an exposition of the teaching on yoking and unyoking. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak. … And what is the exposition of the teaching on yoking and unyoking? > Pali: “Saṁyogavisaṁyogaṁ vo, bhikkhave, dhammapariyāyaṁ desessāmi. Taṁ suṇātha …pe… katamo ca so, bhikkhave, saṁyogo visaṁyogo dhammapariyāyo? [¶2] A woman focuses on her own femininity: her feminine moves, feminine appearance, feminine ways, feminine desires, feminine voice, and feminine adornment. She’s stimulated by this and takes pleasure in it. So she focuses on the masculinity of others: masculine moves, masculine appearance, masculine ways, masculine desires, masculine voice, and masculine adornment. She’s stimulated by this and takes pleasure in it. So she desires to yoke herself to another. And she desires the pleasure and happiness that comes from such yoking. Sentient beings who relish their femininity are yoked to men. This is how a woman does not transcend her femininity. > Pali: Itthī, bhikkhave, ajjhattaṁ itthindriyaṁ manasi karoti— itthikuttaṁ itthākappaṁ itthividhaṁ itthicchandaṁ itthissaraṁ itthālaṅkāraṁ. Sā tattha rajjati tatrābhiramati. Sā tattha rattā tatrābhiratā bahiddhā purisindriyaṁ manasi karoti— purisakuttaṁ purisākappaṁ purisavidhaṁ purisacchandaṁ purisassaraṁ purisālaṅkāraṁ. Sā tattha rajjati tatrābhiramati. Sā tattha rattā tatrābhiratā bahiddhā saṁyogaṁ ākaṅkhati. Yañcassā saṁyogapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ tañca ākaṅkhati. Itthatte, bhikkhave, abhiratā sattā purisesu saṁyogaṁ gatā. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, itthī itthattaṁ nātivattati. [¶3] A man focuses on his own masculinity: his masculine moves, masculine appearance, masculine ways, masculine desires, masculine voice, and masculine adornment. He’s stimulated by this and takes pleasure in it. So he focuses on the femininity of others: feminine moves, feminine appearance, feminine ways, feminine desires, feminine voice, and feminine adornment. He’s stimulated by this and takes pleasure in it. So he desires to yoke himself to another. And he desires the pleasure and happiness that comes from such yoking. Sentient beings who relish their masculinity are yoked to women. This is how a man does not transcend his masculinity. This is how yoking comes about. > Pali: Puriso, bhikkhave, ajjhattaṁ purisindriyaṁ manasi karoti— purisakuttaṁ purisākappaṁ purisavidhaṁ purisacchandaṁ purisassaraṁ purisālaṅkāraṁ. So tattha rajjati tatrābhiramati. So tattha ratto tatrābhirato bahiddhā itthindriyaṁ manasi karoti— itthikuttaṁ itthākappaṁ itthividhaṁ itthicchandaṁ itthissaraṁ itthālaṅkāraṁ. So tattha rajjati tatrābhiramati. So tattha ratto tatrābhirato bahiddhā saṁyogaṁ ākaṅkhati. Yañcassa saṁyogapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ tañca ākaṅkhati. Purisatte, bhikkhave, abhiratā sattā itthīsu saṁyogaṁ gatā. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puriso purisattaṁ nātivattati. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, saṁyogo hoti. [¶4] And how does unyoking come about? A woman doesn’t focus on her own femininity: her feminine moves, feminine appearance, feminine ways, feminine desires, feminine voice, and feminine adornment. She isn’t stimulated by this and takes no pleasure in it. So she doesn’t focus on the masculinity of others: masculine moves, masculine appearance, masculine ways, masculine desires, masculine voice, and masculine adornment. She isn’t stimulated by this and takes no pleasure in it. So she doesn’t desire to yoke herself to another. Nor does she desire the pleasure and happiness that comes from such yoking. Sentient beings who do not relish their femininity are not yoked to men. This is how a woman transcends her femininity. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, visaṁyogo hoti? Itthī, bhikkhave, ajjhattaṁ itthindriyaṁ na manasi karoti— itthikuttaṁ itthākappaṁ itthividhaṁ itthicchandaṁ itthissaraṁ itthālaṅkāraṁ. Sā tattha na rajjati, sā tatra nābhiramati. Sā tattha arattā tatra anabhiratā bahiddhā purisindriyaṁ na manasi karoti— purisakuttaṁ purisākappaṁ purisavidhaṁ purisacchandaṁ purisassaraṁ purisālaṅkāraṁ. Sā tattha na rajjati, tatra nābhiramati. Sā tattha arattā tatra anabhiratā bahiddhā saṁyogaṁ nākaṅkhati. Yañcassā saṁyogapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ tañca nākaṅkhati. Itthatte, bhikkhave, anabhiratā sattā purisesu visaṁyogaṁ gatā. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, itthī itthattaṁ ativattati. [¶5] A man doesn’t focus on his own masculinity: masculine moves, masculine appearance, masculine ways, masculine desires, masculine voice, and masculine adornment. He isn’t stimulated by this and takes no pleasure in it. So he doesn’t focus on the femininity of others: feminine moves, feminine appearance, feminine ways, feminine desires, feminine voice, and feminine adornment. He isn’t stimulated by this and takes no pleasure in it. So he doesn’t desire to yoke himself to another. Nor does he desire the pleasure and happiness that comes from such yoking. Sentient beings who do not relish their masculinity are not yoked to women. This is how a man transcends his masculinity. This is how unyoking comes about. This is the exposition of the teaching on yoking and unyoking.” > Pali: Puriso, bhikkhave, ajjhattaṁ purisindriyaṁ na manasi karoti— purisakuttaṁ purisākappaṁ purisavidhaṁ purisacchandaṁ purisassaraṁ purisālaṅkāraṁ. So tattha na rajjati, so tatra nābhiramati. So tattha aratto tatra anabhirato bahiddhā itthindriyaṁ na manasi karoti— itthikuttaṁ itthākappaṁ itthividhaṁ itthicchandaṁ itthissaraṁ itthālaṅkāraṁ. So tattha na rajjati, tatra nābhiramati. So tattha aratto tatra anabhirato bahiddhā saṁyogaṁ nākaṅkhati. Yañcassa saṁyogapaccayā uppajjati sukhaṁ somanassaṁ tañca nākaṅkhati. Purisatte, bhikkhave, anabhiratā sattā itthīsu visaṁyogaṁ gatā. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, puriso purisattaṁ ativattati. Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, visaṁyogo hoti. Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, saṁyogo visaṁyogo dhammapariyāyo”ti. [¶6] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶7] AN 7.52 · A Very Fruitful Gift > Pali: AN 7.52 · Dānamahapphalasutta [¶8] At one time the Buddha was staying near Campā on the banks of the Gaggarā Lotus Pond. > Pali: Ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā campāyaṁ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. [¶9] Then several lay followers of Campā went to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him, “Sir, it’s been a long time since we’ve heard a Dhamma talk from the Buddha. It would be good if we got to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” > Pali: Atha kho sambahulā campeyyakā upāsakā yena āyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinnā kho campeyyakā upāsakā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ etadavocuṁ: “cirassutā no, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā dhammīkathā. Sādhu mayaṁ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. [¶10] “Well then, reverends, come on the next sabbath day. Hopefully you’ll get to hear a Dhamma talk from the Buddha.” > Pali: “Tenahāvuso, tadahuposathe āgaccheyyātha, appeva nāma labheyyātha bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṁ kathaṁ savanāyā”ti. [¶11] “Yes, sir” they replied. Then they rose from their seats, bowed to Sāriputta, and respectfully circled him before leaving. > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho campeyyakā upāsakā āyasmato sāriputtassa paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkamiṁsu. [¶12] Then on the next sabbath the lay followers of Campā went to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, and stood to one side. Then they went together with Sāriputta to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to the Buddha: > Pali: Atha kho campeyyakā upāsakā tadahuposathe yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto tehi campeyyakehi upāsakehi saddhiṁ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶13] “Sir, could it be that someone gives a gift and it is not very fruitful or beneficial, while someone else gives exactly the same gift and it is very fruitful and beneficial?” > Pali: “Siyā nu kho, bhante, idhekaccassa tādisaṁyeva dānaṁ dinnaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ; siyā pana, bhante, idhekaccassa tādisaṁyeva dānaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti? [¶14] “Indeed it could, Sāriputta.” > Pali: “Siyā, sāriputta, idhekaccassa tādisaṁyeva dānaṁ dinnaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ; siyā pana, sāriputta, idhekaccassa tādisaṁyeva dānaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. [¶15] “Sir, what is the cause, what is the reason for this?” > Pali: “Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena midhekaccassa tādisaṁyeva dānaṁ dinnaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ; ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena midhekaccassa tādisaṁyeva dānaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti? [¶16] “Sāriputta, take the case of a someone who gives a gift as an investment, their mind tied to it, expecting to keep it, thinking ‘I’ll enjoy this in my next life.’ They give to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. What do you think, Sāriputta, don’t some people give gifts in this way?” > Pali: “Idha, sāriputta, ekacco sāpekho dānaṁ deti, patibaddhacitto dānaṁ deti, sannidhipekho dānaṁ deti, ‘imaṁ pecca paribhuñjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti. So taṁ dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sāriputta, dadeyya idhekacco evarūpaṁ dānan”ti? [¶17] “Yes, sir.” > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”. [¶18] “Sāriputta, someone who gives a gift as an investment, when their body breaks up, after death, is reborn in the company of the gods of the four great kings. When that deed, success, glory, and sovereignty is spent they return to this place. > Pali: “Tatra, sāriputta, yvāyaṁ sāpekho dānaṁ deti, patibaddhacitto dānaṁ deti, sannidhipekho dānaṁ deti, ‘imaṁ pecca paribhuñjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti. So taṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. So taṁ kammaṁ khepetvā taṁ iddhiṁ taṁ yasaṁ taṁ ādhipaccaṁ āgāmī hoti āgantā itthattaṁ. [¶19] Next, take the case of a someone who gives a gift not as an investment, their mind not tied to it, not expecting to keep it, and not thinking, ‘I’ll enjoy this in my next life.’ But they give a gift thinking, ‘It’s good to give.’ … > Pali: Idha pana, sāriputta, ekacco na heva kho sāpekho dānaṁ deti, na patibaddhacitto dānaṁ deti, na sannidhipekho dānaṁ deti, na ‘imaṁ pecca paribhuñjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti; api ca kho ‘sāhu dānan’ti dānaṁ deti …pe…. [¶20] They give a gift thinking, ‘Giving was practiced by my father and my father’s father. It would not be right for me to abandon this family custom.’ … > Pali: Napi ‘sāhu dānan’ti dānaṁ deti; api ca kho ‘dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ pitupitāmahehi na arahāmi porāṇaṁ kulavaṁsaṁ hāpetun’ti dānaṁ deti …pe…. [¶21] They give a gift thinking, ‘I cook, they don’t. It wouldn’t be right for me to not give to them.’ … > Pali: Napi ‘dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ pitupitāmahehi na arahāmi porāṇaṁ kulavaṁsaṁ hāpetun’ti dānaṁ deti; api ca kho ‘ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti, nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ adātun’ti dānaṁ deti …pe…. [¶22] They give a gift thinking, ‘The ancient brahmin seers were Aṭṭhaka, Vāmaka, Vāmadeva, Vessāmitta, Yamadaggi, Aṅgīrasa, Bhāradvāja, Vāseṭṭha, Kassapa, and Bhagu. Just as they performed great sacrifices, I will share a gift.’ … > Pali: Napi ‘ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti, nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ adātun’ti dānaṁ deti; api ca kho ‘yathā tesaṁ pubbakānaṁ isīnaṁ tāni mahāyaññāni ahesuṁ, seyyathidaṁ— aṭṭhakassa vāmakassa vāmadevassa vessāmittassa yamadaggino aṅgīrasassa bhāradvājassa vāseṭṭhassa kassapassa bhaguno, evaṁ me ayaṁ dānasaṁvibhāgo bhavissatī’ti dānaṁ deti …pe…. [¶23] They give a gift thinking, ‘When giving this gift my mind becomes clear, and I become happy and joyful.’ … > Pali: Napi ‘yathā tesaṁ pubbakānaṁ isīnaṁ tāni mahāyaññāni ahesuṁ, seyyathidaṁ— aṭṭhakassa vāmakassa vāmadevassa vessāmittassa yamadaggino aṅgīrasassa bhāradvājassa vāseṭṭhassa kassapassa bhaguno, evaṁ me ayaṁ dānasaṁvibhāgo bhavissatī’ti dānaṁ deti; api ca kho ‘imaṁ me dānaṁ dadato cittaṁ pasīdati, attamanatā somanassaṁ upajāyatī’ti dānaṁ deti …pe…. [¶24] They don’t give a gift thinking, ‘When giving this gift my mind becomes clear, and I become happy and joyful.’ But they give a gift thinking, ‘This is an adornment and requisite for the mind.’ They give to ascetics or brahmins such things as food, drink, clothing, vehicles; garlands, fragrance, and makeup; and bed, house, and lighting. What do you think, Sāriputta, don’t some people give gifts in this way?” > Pali: Napi ‘imaṁ me dānaṁ dadato cittaṁ pasīdati, attamanatā somanassaṁ upajāyatī’ti dānaṁ deti; api ca kho cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāraṁ dānaṁ deti. So taṁ dānaṁ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṁ pānaṁ vatthaṁ yānaṁ mālāgandhavilepanaṁ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṁ. Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sāriputta, dadeyya idhekacco evarūpaṁ dānan”ti? [¶25] “Yes, sir.” > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”. [¶26] “Sāriputta, someone who gives gifts, not for any other reason, but thinking, ‘This is an adornment and requisite for the mind’, when their body breaks up, after death, is reborn among the gods of the Divinity’s host. When that deed, success, glory, and sovereignty is spent they are a non-returner; they do not return to this place. > Pali: “Tatra, sāriputta, yvāyaṁ na heva sāpekho dānaṁ deti; na patibaddhacitto dānaṁ deti; na sannidhipekho dānaṁ deti; na ‘imaṁ pecca paribhuñjissāmī’ti dānaṁ deti; napi ‘sāhu dānan’ti dānaṁ deti; napi ‘dinnapubbaṁ katapubbaṁ pitupitāmahehi na arahāmi porāṇaṁ kulavaṁsaṁ hāpetun’ti dānaṁ deti; napi ‘ahaṁ pacāmi, ime na pacanti, nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṁ dānaṁ adātun’ti dānaṁ deti; napi ‘yathā tesaṁ pubbakānaṁ isīnaṁ tāni mahāyaññāni ahesuṁ, seyyathidaṁ— aṭṭhakassa vāmakassa vāmadevassa vessāmittassa yamadaggino aṅgīrasassa bhāradvājassa vāseṭṭhassa kassapassa bhaguno, evaṁ me ayaṁ dānasaṁvibhāgo bhavissatī’ti dānaṁ deti; napi ‘imaṁ me dānaṁ dadato cittaṁ pasīdati, attamanatā somanassaṁ upajāyatī’ti dānaṁ deti; api ca kho cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāraṁ dānaṁ deti. So taṁ dānaṁ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjati. So taṁ kammaṁ khepetvā taṁ iddhiṁ taṁ yasaṁ taṁ ādhipaccaṁ anāgāmī hoti anāgantā itthattaṁ. [¶27] This is the cause, this is the reason why someone gives a gift and it is not very fruitful or beneficial, while someone else gives exactly the same gift and it is very fruitful and beneficial.” > Pali: Ayaṁ kho, sāriputta, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena midhekaccassa tādisaṁyeva dānaṁ dinnaṁ na mahapphalaṁ hoti na mahānisaṁsaṁ. Ayaṁ pana, sāriputta, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena midhekaccassa tādisaṁyeva dānaṁ dinnaṁ mahapphalaṁ hoti mahānisaṁsan”ti. [¶28] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶29] AN 7.53 · Nanda’s Mother > Pali: AN 7.53 · Nandamātāsutta [¶30] So I have heard. At one time the venerables Sāriputta and Mahāmoggallāna were wandering in the Southern Hills together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. Now at that time the laywoman Veḷukaṇṭakī, Nanda’s mother, rose at the crack of dawn and recited the verses of “The Way to the Far Shore”. > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno dakkhiṇāgirismiṁ cārikaṁ caranti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. Tena kho pana samayena veḷukaṇḍakī nandamātā upāsikā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsati. [¶31] And at that time the great king Vessavaṇa was on his way from the north to the south on some business. He heard Nanda’s Mother reciting, and stood waiting for her to finish. > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena vessavaṇo mahārājā uttarāya disāya dakkhiṇaṁ disaṁ gacchati kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosi kho vessavaṇo mahārājā nandamātāya upāsikāya pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsantiyā, sutvā kathāpariyosānaṁ āgamayamāno aṭṭhāsi. [¶32] Then when her recital was over she fell silent. Then, knowing she had finished, Vessavaṇa applauded, saying, “Good, sister! Good, sister!” > Pali: Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsitvā tuṇhī ahosi. Atha kho vessavaṇo mahārājā nandamātāya upāsikāya kathāpariyosānaṁ viditvā abbhānumodi: “sādhu, bhagini, sādhu, bhaginī”ti. [¶33] “But who might you be, dearest?” > Pali: “Ko paneso, bhadramukhā”ti? [¶34] “Sister, I am your brother Vessavaṇa, the great king.” > Pali: “Ahaṁ te, bhagini, bhātā vessavaṇo, mahārājā”ti. [¶35] “Good, dearest! Then may my recital of the teaching be my offering to you as my guest.” > Pali: “Sādhu, bhadramukha, tena hi yo me ayaṁ dhammapariyāyo bhaṇito idaṁ te hotu ātitheyyan”ti. [¶36] “Good, sister! And let this also be your offering to me as your guest. Tomorrow, the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna will arrive at Veḷukaṇṭa before breakfast. When you’ve served the Saṅgha, please dedicate the religious donation to me. Then that will also be your offering to me as your guest.” > Pali: “Sādhu, bhagini, etañceva me hotu ātitheyyaṁ. Sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṁ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṁ ādiseyyāsi. Etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan”ti. [¶37] And when the night had passed the lay woman Nanda’s Mother had delicious fresh and cooked foods prepared in her own home. Then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna arrived at Veḷukaṇṭa. Then Nanda’s Mother addressed a man, “Please, my man, go to the monastery and announce the time to the Saṅgha, saying: ‘Sirs, it’s time. The meal is ready in the home of the lady Nanda’s Mother.’” > Pali: Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṁ khādanīyaṁ bhojanīyaṁ paṭiyādāpesi. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso yena veḷukaṇḍako tadavasari. Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā aññataraṁ purisaṁ āmantesi: “ehi tvaṁ, ambho purisa, ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghassa kālaṁ ārocehi: ‘kālo, bhante, ayyāya nandamātuyā nivesane niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan’”ti. [¶38] “Yes, ma’am,” that man replied, and he did as she said. > Pali: “Evaṁ, ayye”ti kho so puriso nandamātāya upāsikāya paṭissutvā ārāmaṁ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghassa kālaṁ ārocesi: “kālo, bhante, ayyāya nandamātuyā nivesane niṭṭhitaṁ bhattan”ti. [¶39] And then the Saṅgha of mendicants headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna robed up in the morning and, taking their bowls and robes, went to the home of Nanda’s Mother, where they sat on the seats spread out. Then Nanda’s Mother served and satisfied them with her own hands with delicious fresh and cooked foods. > Pali: Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena nandamātāya upāsikāya nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā sāriputtamoggallānappamukhaṁ bhikkhusaṅghaṁ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. [¶40] When Sāriputta had eaten and washed his hand and bowl, Nanda’s Mother sat down to one side. Sāriputta said to her, “Nanda’s Mother, who told you that the Saṅgha of mendicants was about to arrive?” > Pali: Atha kho nandamātā upāsikā āyasmantaṁ sāriputtaṁ bhuttāviṁ onītapattapāṇiṁ ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho nandamātaraṁ upāsikaṁ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca: “ko pana te, nandamāte, bhikkhusaṅghassa abbhāgamanaṁ ārocesī”ti? [¶41] “Sir, last night I rose at the crack of dawn and recited the verses of ‘The Way to the Far Shore’, and then I fell silent. Then the great king Vessavaṇa, knowing I had finished, applauded me, ‘Good, sister! Good, sister!’ > Pali: “Idhāhaṁ, bhante, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya pārāyanaṁ sarena bhāsitvā tuṇhī ahosiṁ. Atha kho, bhante, vessavaṇo mahārājā mama kathāpariyosānaṁ viditvā abbhānumodi: ‘sādhu, bhagini, sādhu, bhaginī’ti. [¶42] I asked: ‘But who might you be, dearest?’ > Pali: ‘Ko paneso, bhadramukhā’ti? [¶43] ‘Sister, I am your brother Vessavaṇa, the great king.’ > Pali: ‘Ahaṁ te, bhagini, bhātā vessavaṇo, mahārājā’ti. [¶44] ‘Good, dearest! Then may my recital of the teaching be my offering to you as my guest.’ > Pali: ‘Sādhu, bhadramukha, tena hi yo me ayaṁ dhammapariyāyo bhaṇito idaṁ te hotu ātitheyyan’ti. [¶45] ‘Good, sister! And let this also be your offering to me as your guest. Tomorrow, the mendicant Saṅgha headed by Sāriputta and Moggallāna will arrive at Veḷukaṇṭa before breakfast. When you’ve served the Saṅgha, please dedicate the religious donation to me. Then that will also be your offering to me as your guest.’ > Pali: ‘Sādhu, bhagini, etañceva me hotu ātitheyyaṁ. Sveva sāriputtamoggallānappamukho bhikkhusaṅgho akatapātarāso veḷukaṇḍakaṁ āgamissati, tañca bhikkhusaṅghaṁ parivisitvā mama dakkhiṇaṁ ādiseyyāsi. Etañceva me bhavissati ātitheyyan’ti. [¶46] And so, sir, may the merit and the flourishing of merit of this gift be for the happiness of the great king Vessavaṇa.” > Pali: Yadidaṁ, bhante, dāne puññañca puññamahī ca taṁ vessavaṇassa mahārājassa sukhāya hotū”ti. [¶47] “It’s incredible, Nanda’s Mother, it’s amazing that you converse face to face with a mighty and illustrious godling like the great king Vessavaṇa.” > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, nandamāte, abbhutaṁ, nandamāte. Yatra hi nāma vessavaṇena mahārājena evaṁmahiddhikena evaṁmahesakkhena devaputtena sammukhā sallapissasī”ti. [¶48] “Sir, this is not my only incredible and amazing quality; there is another. I had an only son named Nanda who I loved dearly. The rulers forcibly abducted him on some pretext and had him executed. But I can’t recall getting upset when my boy was under arrest or being arrested, imprisoned or being put in prison, killed or being killed.” > Pali: “Na kho me, bhante, eseva acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Atthi me aññopi acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Idha me, bhante, nando nāma ekaputtako piyo manāpo. Taṁ rājāno kismiñcideva pakaraṇe okassa pasayha jīvitā voropesuṁ. Tasmiṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhante, dārake gahite vā gayhamāne vā vadhe vā vajjhamāne vā hate vā haññamāne vā nābhijānāmi cittassa aññathattan”ti. [¶49] “It’s incredible, Nanda’s Mother, it’s amazing that you purify even the arising of a thought.” > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, nandamāte, abbhutaṁ nandamāte. Yatra hi nāma cittuppādampi parisodhessasī”ti. [¶50] “Sir, this is not my only incredible and amazing quality; there is another. When my husband passed away he was reborn in one of the realms of spirits. He revealed to me his previous incarnation. But I can’t recall getting upset on that account.” > Pali: “Na kho me, bhante, eseva acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Atthi me aññopi acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Idha me, bhante, sāmiko kālaṅkato aññataraṁ yakkhayoniṁ upapanno. So me teneva purimena attabhāvena uddassesi. Na kho panāhaṁ, bhante, abhijānāmi tatonidānaṁ cittassa aññathattan”ti. [¶51] “It’s incredible, Nanda’s Mother, it’s amazing that you purify even the arising of a thought.” > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, nandamāte, abbhutaṁ, nandamāte. Yatra hi nāma cittuppādampi parisodhessasī”ti. [¶52] “Sir, this is not my only incredible and amazing quality; there is another. Ever since we were both young, and I was given in marriage to my husband, I can’t recall betraying him even in thought, still less in deed.” > Pali: “Na kho me, bhante, eseva acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Atthi me aññopi acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Yatohaṁ, bhante, sāmikassa daharasseva daharā ānītā nābhijānāmi sāmikaṁ manasāpi aticaritā, kuto pana kāyenā”ti. [¶53] “It’s incredible, Nanda’s Mother, it’s amazing that you purify even the arising of a thought.” > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, nandamāte, abbhutaṁ, nandamāte. Yatra hi nāma cittuppādampi parisodhessasī”ti. [¶54] “Sir, this is not my only incredible and amazing quality; there is another. Ever since I declared myself a lay follower, I can’t recall deliberately breaking any precept.” > Pali: “Na kho me, bhante, eseva acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Atthi me aññopi acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Yadāhaṁ, bhante, upāsikā paṭidesitā nābhijānāmi kiñci sikkhāpadaṁ sañcicca vītikkamitā”ti. [¶55] “It’s incredible, Nanda’s Mother, it’s amazing!” > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, nandamāte, abbhutaṁ, nandamāte”ti. [¶56] “Sir, this is not my only incredible and amazing quality; there is another. Whenever I want, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, I enter and remain in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. As the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, I enter and remain in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. And with the fading away of rapture, I enter and remain in the third absorption, where I meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, experiencing for themselves the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ With the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, I enter and remain in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness.” > Pali: “Na kho me, bhante, eseva acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Atthi me aññopi acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Idhāhaṁ, bhante, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṁ savicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā ajjhattaṁ sampasādanaṁ cetaso ekodibhāvaṁ avitakkaṁ avicāraṁ vivekajaṁ pītisukhaṁ dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhikā ca viharāmi satā ca sampajānā sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṁvedemi, yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti: ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmi. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharāmī”ti. [¶57] “It’s incredible, Nanda’s Mother, it’s amazing!” > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, nandamāte, abbhutaṁ, nandamāte”ti. [¶58] “Sir, this is not my only incredible and amazing quality; there is another. Of the five lower fetters taught by the Buddha, I don’t see any that I haven’t given up.” > Pali: “Na kho me, bhante, eseva acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Atthi me aññopi acchariyo abbhuto dhammo. Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni nāhaṁ tesaṁ kiñci attani appahīnaṁ samanupassāmī”ti. [¶59] “It’s incredible, Nanda’s Mother, it’s amazing!” > Pali: “Acchariyaṁ, nandamāte, abbhutaṁ, nandamāte”ti. [¶60] Then Venerable Sāriputta educated, encouraged, fired up, and inspired Nanda’s Mother with a Dhamma talk, after which he rose from his seat and left. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto nandamātaraṁ upāsikaṁ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṁsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti. [¶61] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶62] > Pali: Mahāyaññavaggo pañcamo. [¶63] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶64] > Pali: Ṭhiti ca parikkhāraṁ dve, aggī saññā ca dve parā; Methunā saṁyogo dānaṁ, nandamātena te dasāti. [¶65] > Pali: Paṇṇāsako samatto. ## 7. The Undeclared Points · AN 7.54–7.58 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/7/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/7/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.54 · The Undeclared Points > Pali: AN 7.54 · Abyākatasutta [¶1] Then a mendicant went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶2] “Sir, what is the cause, what is the reason why a learned noble disciple has no doubts regarding the undeclared points?” > Pali: “ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena sutavato ariyasāvakassa vicikicchā nuppajjati abyākatavatthūsū”ti? [¶3] “Mendicant, it’s due to the cessation of views that a learned noble disciple has no doubts regarding the undeclared points. ‘A realized one still exists after death’: this is a misconception. ‘A realized one no longer exists after death’: this is a misconception. ‘A realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’: this is a misconception. ‘A realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death’: this is a misconception. An unlearned ordinary person doesn’t understand views, their origin, their cessation, or the practice that leads to their cessation. And so their views grow. They’re not freed from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not freed from suffering, I say. > Pali: “Diṭṭhinirodhā kho, bhikkhu, sutavato ariyasāvakassa vicikicchā nuppajjati abyākatavatthūsu. ‘Hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, diṭṭhigatametaṁ; ‘na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, diṭṭhigatametaṁ; ‘hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, diṭṭhigatametaṁ; ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, diṭṭhigatametaṁ. Assutavā, bhikkhu, puthujjano diṭṭhiṁ nappajānāti, diṭṭhisamudayaṁ nappajānāti, diṭṭhinirodhaṁ nappajānāti, diṭṭhinirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ nappajānāti. Tassa sā diṭṭhi pavaḍḍhati, so na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. [¶4] A learned noble disciple does understand views, their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation. And so their views cease. They’re freed from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re freed from suffering, I say. Knowing and seeing this, a learned noble disciple does not answer: ‘A realized one still exists after death’, ‘A realized one no longer exists after death’, ‘A realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’, ‘A realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death.’ Knowing and seeing this, a learned noble disciple does not declare the undeclared points. Knowing and seeing this, a learned noble disciple doesn’t shake, tremble, quake, or get nervous regarding the undeclared points. > Pali: Sutavā ca kho, bhikkhu, ariyasāvako diṭṭhiṁ pajānāti, diṭṭhisamudayaṁ pajānāti, diṭṭhinirodhaṁ pajānāti, diṭṭhinirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti. Tassa sā diṭṭhi nirujjhati, so parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. Evaṁ jānaṁ kho, bhikkhu, sutavā ariyasāvako evaṁ passaṁ ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipi na byākaroti; ‘na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipi na byākaroti; ‘hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipi na byākaroti; ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipi na byākaroti. Evaṁ jānaṁ kho, bhikkhu, sutavā ariyasāvako evaṁ passaṁ evaṁ abyākaraṇadhammo hoti abyākatavatthūsu. Evaṁ jānaṁ kho, bhikkhu, sutavā ariyasāvako evaṁ passaṁ na chambhati, na kampati, na vedhati, na santāsaṁ āpajjati abyākatavatthūsu. [¶5] ‘A realized one still exists after death’: this is just about craving. … it’s just about perception … it’s a conceiving … it’s a proliferation … it’s just about grasping … ‘A realized one still exists after death’: this is a regret. ‘A realized one no longer exists after death’: this is a regret. ‘A realized one both still exists and no longer exists after death’: this is a regret. ‘A realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death’: this is a regret. An unlearned ordinary person doesn’t understand regrets, their origin, their cessation, or the practice that leads to their cessation. And so their regrets grow. They’re not freed from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re not freed from suffering, I say. > Pali: ‘Hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, taṇhāgatametaṁ …pe… saññāgatametaṁ …pe… maññitametaṁ …pe… papañcitametaṁ …pe… upādānagatametaṁ …pe… ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, vippaṭisāro eso; ‘na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, vippaṭisāro eso; ‘hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, vippaṭisāro eso; ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’ti kho, bhikkhu, vippaṭisāro eso. Assutavā, bhikkhu, puthujjano vippaṭisāraṁ nappajānāti, vippaṭisārasamudayaṁ nappajānāti, vippaṭisāranirodhaṁ nappajānāti, vippaṭisāranirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ nappajānāti. Tassa so vippaṭisāro pavaḍḍhati, so na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. [¶6] A learned noble disciple does understand regrets, their origin, their cessation, and the practice that leads to their cessation. And so their regrets cease. They’re freed from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. They’re freed from suffering, I say. Knowing and seeing this, a learned noble disciple does not answer: ‘A realized one still exists after death’ … ‘A realized one neither still exists nor no longer exists after death.’ Knowing and seeing this, a learned noble disciple does not declare the undeclared points. Knowing and seeing this, a learned noble disciple doesn’t shake, tremble, quake, or get nervous regarding the undeclared points. This is the cause, this is the reason why a learned noble disciple has no doubts regarding the undeclared points.” > Pali: Sutavā ca kho, bhikkhu, ariyasāvako vippaṭisāraṁ pajānāti, vippaṭisārasamudayaṁ pajānāti, vippaṭisāranirodhaṁ pajānāti, vippaṭisāranirodhagāminiṁ paṭipadaṁ pajānāti. Tassa so vippaṭisāro nirujjhati, so parimuccati jātiyā …pe… ‘… dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. Evaṁ jānaṁ kho, bhikkhu, sutavā ariyasāvako evaṁ passaṁ ‘hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipi na byākaroti …pe… ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṁ maraṇā’tipi na byākaroti. Evaṁ jānaṁ kho, bhikkhu, sutavā ariyasāvako evaṁ passaṁ evaṁ abyākaraṇadhammo hoti abyākatavatthūsu. Evaṁ jānaṁ kho, bhikkhu, sutavā ariyasāvako evaṁ passaṁ na chambhati, na kampati, na vedhati, na santāsaṁ āpajjati abyākatavatthūsu. Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhu, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena sutavato ariyasāvakassa vicikicchā nuppajjati abyākatavatthūsū”ti. [¶7] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶8] AN 7.55 · Places People Are Reborn > Pali: AN 7.55 · Purisagatisutta [¶9] “Mendicants, I will teach you seven places people are reborn, and complete extinguishment with no fuel for grasping. Listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “Satta ca, bhikkhave, purisagatiyo desessāmi anupādā ca parinibbānaṁ. Taṁ suṇātha, sādhukaṁ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶10] “Yes, sir,” the mendicants replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶11] “And what are the seven places people are reborn? > Pali: “katamā ca, bhikkhave, satta purisagatiyo? [¶12] Take a mendicant who practices like this: ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. It will not be, and it will not be mine. I am giving up what exists, what has come to be.’ They gain equanimity. They’re not attached to life, or to creating a new life. And they see with right wisdom that there is a peaceful state beyond. But they haven’t completely realized that state. They haven’t totally given up the underlying tendencies of conceit, desire for continued existence, and ignorance. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off would be extinguished. In the same way, a mendicant who practices like this … With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā, na bhavissati na me bhavissati, yadatthi yaṁ bhūtaṁ taṁ pajahāmī’ti upekkhaṁ paṭilabhati. So bhave na rajjati, sambhave na rajjati, atthuttari padaṁ santaṁ sammappaññāya passati. Tañca khvassa padaṁ na sabbena sabbaṁ sacchikataṁ hoti, tassa na sabbena sabbaṁ mānānusayo pahīno hoti, na sabbena sabbaṁ bhavarāgānusayo pahīno hoti, na sabbena sabbaṁ avijjānusayo pahīno hoti. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā nibbāyeyya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā, na bhavissati na me bhavissati, yadatthi yaṁ bhūtaṁ taṁ pajahāmī’ti upekkhaṁ paṭilabhati. So bhave na rajjati, sambhave na rajjati, atthuttari padaṁ santaṁ sammappaññāya passati. Tañca khvassa padaṁ na sabbena sabbaṁ sacchikataṁ hoti, tassa na sabbena sabbaṁ mānānusayo pahīno hoti, na sabbena sabbaṁ bhavarāgānusayo pahīno hoti, na sabbena sabbaṁ avijjānusayo pahīno hoti. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. [¶13] Take a mendicant who practices like this: ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. It will not be, and it will not be mine. I am giving up what exists, what has come to be.’ They gain equanimity. They’re not attached to life, or to creating a new life. And they see with right wisdom that there is a peaceful state beyond. But they haven’t totally realized that state. They haven’t completely given up the underlying tendencies of conceit, desire for continued existence, and ignorance. With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off and floated away would be extinguished. In the same way, a mendicant who practices like this … With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā, na bhavissati na me bhavissati, yadatthi yaṁ bhūtaṁ taṁ pajahāmī’ti upekkhaṁ paṭilabhati. So bhave na rajjati, sambhave na rajjati, atthuttari padaṁ santaṁ sammappaññāya passati. Tañca khvassa padaṁ na sabbena sabbaṁ sacchikataṁ hoti, tassa na sabbena sabbaṁ mānānusayo pahīno hoti, na sabbena sabbaṁ bhavarāgānusayo pahīno hoti, na sabbena sabbaṁ avijjānusayo pahīno hoti. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā uppatitvā nibbāyeyya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. [¶14] Take a mendicant who practices like this: ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. …’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off and floated away would be extinguished before landing. In the same way, a mendicant who practices like this … With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā uppatitvā anupahacca talaṁ nibbāyeyya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti. [¶15] Take a mendicant who practices like this: ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. …’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished upon landing. Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off and floated away would be extinguished upon landing. In the same way, a mendicant who practices like this … ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. …’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished upon landing. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā uppatitvā upahacca talaṁ nibbāyeyya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti. [¶16] Take a mendicant who practices like this: ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. …’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished without extra effort. Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off and floated away would fall on a little heap of grass or twigs. There it would ignite a fire and produce smoke. But the fire would consume the grass or twigs and become extinguished due to not being fed. In the same way, a mendicant who practices like this … ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. …’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished without extra effort. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā uppatitvā paritte tiṇapuñje vā kaṭṭhapuñje vā nipateyya. Sā tattha aggimpi janeyya, dhūmampi janeyya, aggimpi janetvā dhūmampi janetvā tameva parittaṁ tiṇapuñjaṁ vā kaṭṭhapuñjaṁ vā pariyādiyitvā anāhārā nibbāyeyya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. [¶17] Take a mendicant who practices like this: ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. …’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished with extra effort. Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off and floated away would fall on a large heap of grass or twigs. There it would ignite a fire and produce smoke. But the fire would consume the grass or twigs and become extinguished due to not being fed. In the same way, a mendicant who practices like this … ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. …’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished with extra effort. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā uppatitvā vipule tiṇapuñje vā kaṭṭhapuñje vā nipateyya. Sā tattha aggimpi janeyya, dhūmampi janeyya, aggimpi janetvā dhūmampi janetvā tameva vipulaṁ tiṇapuñjaṁ vā kaṭṭhapuñjaṁ vā pariyādiyitvā anāhārā nibbāyeyya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti. [¶18] Take a mendicant who practices like this: ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. It will not be, and it will not be mine. I am giving up what exists, what has come to be.’ They gain equanimity. They’re not attached to life, or to creating a new life. And they see with right wisdom that there is a peaceful state beyond. But they haven’t totally realized that state. They haven’t completely given up the underlying tendencies of conceit, desire for continued existence, and ignorance. With the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm. Suppose you struck an iron pot that had been heated all day. Any spark that flew off and floated away would fall on a big heap of grass or twigs. There it would ignite a fire and produce smoke. And after consuming the grass and twigs, the fire would burn up plants and trees until it reached a green field, a roadside, a cliff’s edge, a body of water, or cleared parkland, where it would be extinguished due to not being fed. In the same way, a mendicant who practices like this … ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. …’ With the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm. These are the seven places people are reborn. > Pali: Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā, na bhavissati na me bhavissati, yadatthi yaṁ bhūtaṁ taṁ pajahāmī’ti upekkhaṁ paṭilabhati. So bhave na rajjati, sambhave na rajjati, atthuttari padaṁ santaṁ sammappaññāya passati. Tañca khvassa padaṁ na sabbena sabbaṁ sacchikataṁ hoti, tassa na sabbena sabbaṁ mānānusayo pahīno hoti, na sabbena sabbaṁ bhavarāgānusayo pahīno hoti, na sabbena sabbaṁ avijjānusayo pahīno hoti. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, divasaṁsantatte ayokapāle haññamāne papaṭikā nibbattitvā uppatitvā mahante tiṇapuñje vā kaṭṭhapuñje vā nipateyya. Sā tattha aggimpi janeyya, dhūmampi janeyya, aggimpi janetvā dhūmampi janetvā tameva mahantaṁ tiṇapuñjaṁ vā kaṭṭhapuñjaṁ vā pariyādiyitvā gacchampi daheyya, dāyampi daheyya, gacchampi dahitvā dāyampi dahitvā haritantaṁ vā pathantaṁ vā selantaṁ vā udakantaṁ vā ramaṇīyaṁ vā bhūmibhāgaṁ āgamma anāhārā nibbāyeyya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā …pe… so pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Imā kho, bhikkhave, satta purisagatiyo. [¶19] And what is complete extinguishment with no fuel for grasping? Take a mendicant who practices like this: ‘It might not be, and it might not be mine. It will not be, and it will not be mine. I am giving up what exists, what has come to be.’ They gain equanimity. They’re not attached to life, or to creating a new life. And they see with right wisdom that there is a peaceful state beyond. And they have totally realized that state. They’ve completely given up the underlying tendencies of conceit, desire for continued existence, and ignorance. They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. This is called complete extinguishment with no fuel for grasping. > Pali: Katamañca, bhikkhave, anupādāparinibbānaṁ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṁ paṭipanno hoti: ‘no cassa no ca me siyā, na bhavissati na me bhavissati, yadatthi yaṁ bhūtaṁ taṁ pajahāmī’ti upekkhaṁ paṭilabhati. So bhave na rajjati, sambhave na rajjati, atthuttari padaṁ santaṁ sammappaññāya passati. Tañca khvassa padaṁ sabbena sabbaṁ sacchikataṁ hoti, tassa sabbena sabbaṁ mānānusayo pahīno hoti, sabbena sabbaṁ bhavarāgānusayo pahīno hoti, sabbena sabbaṁ avijjānusayo pahīno hoti. So āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, anupādāparinibbānaṁ. [¶20] These are the seven places people are reborn, and complete extinguishment with no fuel for grasping.” > Pali: Imā kho, bhikkhave, satta purisagatiyo anupādā ca parinibbānan”ti. [¶21] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶22] AN 7.56 · Tissa the Divinity > Pali: AN 7.56 · Tissabrahmāsutta [¶23] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain. > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. [¶24] Then, late at night, two glorious deities, lighting up the entire Vulture’s Peak, went up to the Buddha, bowed, and stood to one side. One deity said to him, “Sir, these nuns are freed!” > Pali: Atha kho dve devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “etā, bhante, bhikkhuniyo vimuttā”ti. [¶25] The other deity said to him, “Sir, these nuns are well freed with no residue!” > Pali: Aparā devatā bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “etā, bhante, bhikkhuniyo anupādisesā suvimuttā”ti. [¶26] This is what those deities said, and the Teacher concurred. Then those deities, knowing that the Teacher concurred, bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on their right, before vanishing right there. > Pali: Idamavocuṁ tā devatā. Samanuñño satthā ahosi. Atha kho tā devatā “samanuñño satthā”ti bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsu. [¶27] Then, when the night had passed, the Buddha told the mendicants all that had happened. > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū āmantesi: “imaṁ, bhikkhave, rattiṁ dve devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṁ gijjhakūṭaṁ obhāsetvā yenāhaṁ tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ aṭṭhaṁsu. Ekamantaṁ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, ekā devatā maṁ etadavoca: ‘etā, bhante, bhikkhuniyo vimuttā’ti. Aparā devatā maṁ etadavoca: ‘etā, bhante, bhikkhuniyo anupādisesā suvimuttā’ti. Idamavocuṁ, bhikkhave, tā devatā. Idaṁ vatvā maṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyiṁsū”ti. [¶28] Now at that time Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was sitting not far from the Buddha. He thought, “Which gods know whether a person has remainder or not?” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi: “katamesānaṁ kho devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’”ti? [¶29] Now, at that time a monk named Tissa had recently passed away and been reborn in a realm of divinity. There they knew that Tissa the Divinity was very mighty and powerful. > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena tisso nāma bhikkhu adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ brahmalokaṁ upapanno hoti. Tatrāpi naṁ evaṁ jānanti: “tisso brahmā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo”ti. [¶30] And then Venerable Mahāmoggallāna, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, vanished from the Vulture’s Peak and reappeared in that realm of divinity. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—gijjhakūṭe pabbate antarahito tasmiṁ brahmaloke pāturahosi. [¶31] Tissa saw Moggallāna coming off in the distance, and said to him, “Come, my good Moggallāna! Welcome, my good Moggallāna! It’s been a long time since you took the opportunity to come here. Sit, my good Moggallāna, here, a seat is ready.” > Pali: Addasā kho tisso brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ dūratova āgacchantaṁ. Disvā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: “ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna; svāgataṁ, mārisa moggallāna. Cirassaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, imaṁ pariyāyamakāsi, yadidaṁ idhāgamanāya. Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṁ paññattan”ti. [¶32] Moggallāna sat down on the seat spread out. Then Tissa bowed to Moggallāna and sat to one side. > Pali: Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. Tissopi kho brahmā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. [¶33] Moggallāna said to him, “Which gods know whether a person has remainder or not?” > Pali: Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho tissaṁ brahmānaṁ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca: “katamesānaṁ kho, tissa, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’”ti? [¶34] “The gods of the Divinity’s host know this.” > Pali: “Brahmakāyikānaṁ kho, mārisa moggallāna, devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’”ti. [¶35] “But do all of them know this?” > Pali: “Sabbesaññeva kho, tissa, brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’”ti? [¶36] “No, my good Moggallāna, not all of them. > Pali: “Na kho, mārisa moggallāna, sabbesaṁ brahmakāyikānaṁ devānaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’ti. [¶37] Those gods of the Divinity’s host who are content with the lifespan of the Divinity, with the beauty, happiness, glory, and sovereignty of the Divinity, and who don’t truly understand any escape beyond: they don’t know this. But those gods of the Divinity’s host who are not content with the lifespan of the Divinity, with the beauty, happiness, glory, and sovereignty of the Divinity, and who do truly understand any escape beyond: they do know this. > Pali: Ye kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā santuṭṭhā brahmena vaṇṇena brahmena sukhena brahmena yasena brahmena ādhipateyyena santuṭṭhā, te uttari nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānanti. Tesaṁ na evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’ti. Ye ca kho te, mārisa moggallāna, brahmakāyikā devā brahmena āyunā asantuṭṭhā, brahmena vaṇṇena brahmena sukhena brahmena yasena brahmena ādhipateyyena asantuṭṭhā, te ca uttari nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ pajānanti. Tesaṁ evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’ti. [¶38] Take a mendicant who is freed both ways. The gods know of them: ‘This venerable is freed both ways. As long as their body remains they will be seen by gods and humans. But when their body breaks up gods and humans will see them no more.’ This too is how those gods know whether a person has remainder or not. > Pali: Idha, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto hoti. Tamenaṁ te devā evaṁ jānanti: ‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā ubhatobhāgavimutto. Yāvassa kāyo ṭhassati tāva naṁ dakkhanti devamanussā. Kāyassa bhedā na naṁ dakkhanti devamanussā’ti. Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’ti. [¶39] Take a mendicant who is freed by wisdom. The gods know of them: ‘This venerable is freed by wisdom. As long as their body remains they will be seen by gods and humans. But when their body breaks up gods and humans will see them no more.’ This too is how those gods know whether a person has remainder or not. > Pali: Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu paññāvimutto hoti. Tamenaṁ te devā evaṁ jānanti: ‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā paññāvimutto. Yāvassa kāyo ṭhassati tāva naṁ dakkhanti devamanussā. Kāyassa bhedā na naṁ dakkhanti devamanussā’ti. Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’ti. [¶40] Take a mendicant who is a direct witness. The gods know of them: ‘This venerable is a direct witness. Hopefully this venerable will frequent appropriate lodgings, associate with good friends, and control their faculties. Then they might realize the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life, and live having achieved with their own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.’ This too is how those gods know whether a person has remainder or not. > Pali: Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu kāyasakkhī hoti. Tamenaṁ devā evaṁ jānanti: ‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā kāyasakkhī. Appeva nāma ayamāyasmā anulomikāni senāsanāni paṭisevamāno kalyāṇamitte bhajamāno indriyāni samannānayamāno— yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’ti. [¶41] Take a mendicant who is attained to view. … freed by faith … a follower of teachings. The gods know of them: ‘This venerable is a follower of teachings. Hopefully this venerable will frequent appropriate lodgings, associate with good friends, and control their faculties. Then they might realize the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life, and live having achieved with their own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.’ This too is how those gods know whether a person has remainder or not.” > Pali: Idha pana, mārisa moggallāna, bhikkhu diṭṭhippatto hoti …pe… saddhāvimutto hoti …pe… dhammānusārī hoti. Tamenaṁ te devā evaṁ jānanti: ‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā dhammānusārī. Appeva nāma ayamāyasmā anulomikāni senāsanāni paṭisevamāno kalyāṇamitte bhajamāno indriyāni samannānayamāno— yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. Evampi kho, mārisa moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’”ti. [¶42] Moggallāna approved and agreed with what Tissa the Divinity said. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the realm of divinity and reappeared on the Vulture’s Peak. Then Mahāmoggallāna went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tissassa brahmuno bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā—seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—brahmaloke antarahito gijjhakūṭe pabbate pāturahosi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yāvatako ahosi tissena brahmunā saddhiṁ kathāsallāpo taṁ sabbaṁ bhagavato ārocesi. [¶43] “But Moggallāna, Tissa the Divinity didn’t teach the seventh individual, the signless meditator.” > Pali: “Na hi pana te, moggallāna, tisso brahmā sattamaṁ animittavihāriṁ puggalaṁ deseti”. [¶44] “Now is the time, Blessed One! Now is the time, Holy One! May the Buddha teach the seventh individual, the signless meditator. The mendicants will listen and remember it.” > Pali: “Etassa, bhagavā, kālo, etassa, sugata, kālo. Yaṁ bhagavā sattamaṁ animittavihāriṁ puggalaṁ deseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti. [¶45] “Well then, Moggallāna, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “Tena hi, moggallāna, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶46] “Yes, sir,” Mahāmoggallāna replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶47] “Moggallāna, take the case of a mendicant who, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. The gods know of them: ‘This venerable, not focusing on any signs, enters and remains in the signless immersion of the heart. Hopefully this venerable will frequent appropriate lodgings, associate with good friends, and control their faculties. Then they might realize the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life, and live having achieved with their own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.’ This too is how those gods know whether a person has remainder or not.” > Pali: “Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhu sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. Tamenaṁ te devā evaṁ jānanti: ‘ayaṁ kho āyasmā sabbanimittānaṁ amanasikārā animittaṁ cetosamādhiṁ upasampajja viharati. Appeva nāma ayamāyasmā anulomikāni senāsanāni paṭisevamāno kalyāṇamitte bhajamāno indriyāni samannānayamāno— yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṁ—brahmacariyapariyosānaṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. Evaṁ kho, moggallāna, tesaṁ devānaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘saupādisese vā saupādisesoti, anupādisese vā anupādiseso’”ti. [¶48] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶49] AN 7.57 · General Sīha > Pali: AN 7.57 · Sīhasenāpatisutta [¶50] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī, at the Great Wood, in the hall with the peaked roof. Then General Sīha went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṁ. Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶51] “Sir, can you point out a fruit of giving that’s apparent in the present life?” > Pali: “sakkā nu kho, bhante, sandiṭṭhikaṁ dānaphalaṁ paññāpetun”ti? [¶52] “Well then, Sīha, I’ll ask you about this in return, and you can answer as you like. What do you think, Sīha? Consider two people. One is faithless, stingy, miserly, and abusive. One is a faithful donor who loves charity. Which do you think the perfected ones will show sympathy for first?” > Pali: “Tena hi, sīha, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṁ byākareyyāsi. Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, idha dve purisā— eko puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, eko puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato. Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, kaṁ nu kho arahanto paṭhamaṁ anukampantā anukampeyyuṁ: ‘yo vā so puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, yo vā so puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato’”ti? [¶53] “Why would the perfected ones first show sympathy for the person who is faithless, stingy, miserly, and abusive? They’d show sympathy first for the faithful donor who loves charity.” > Pali: “Yo so, bhante, puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, kintaṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ anukampantā anukampissanti. Yo ca kho so, bhante, puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato taṁyeva arahanto paṭhamaṁ anukampantā anukampeyyuṁ”. [¶54] “Which do you think the perfected ones will first approach?” “They’d first approach the faithful donor who loves charity.” > Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, kaṁ nu kho arahanto paṭhamaṁ upasaṅkamantā upasaṅkameyyuṁ: ‘yo vā so puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, yo vā so puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato’”ti? “Yo so, bhante, puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, kintaṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ upasaṅkamantā upasaṅkamissanti. Yo ca kho so, bhante, puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato taṁyeva arahanto paṭhamaṁ upasaṅkamantā upasaṅkameyyuṁ”. [¶55] “Which do you think the perfected ones will receive alms from first?” “They’d receive alms first from the faithful donor who loves charity.” > Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, kassa nu kho arahanto paṭhamaṁ paṭiggaṇhantā paṭiggaṇheyyuṁ: ‘yo vā so puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, yo vā so puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato’”ti? “Yo so, bhante, puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, kintaṁ tassa arahanto paṭhamaṁ paṭiggaṇhantā paṭiggaṇhissanti. Yo ca kho so, bhante, puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato tasseva arahanto paṭhamaṁ paṭiggaṇhantā paṭiggaṇheyyuṁ”. [¶56] “Which do you think the perfected ones will teach the Dhamma to first?” “They’d first teach the Dhamma to the faithful donor who loves charity.” > Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, kassa nu kho arahanto paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ desentā deseyyuṁ: ‘yo vā so puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, yo vā so puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato’”ti? “Yo so, bhante, puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, kintaṁ tassa arahanto paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ desentā desessanti. Yo ca kho so, bhante, puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato tasseva arahanto paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ desentā deseyyuṁ”. [¶57] “Which do you think would get a good reputation?” “The faithful donor who loves charity would get a good reputation.” > Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, kassa nu kho kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggaccheyya: ‘yo vā so puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, yo vā so puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato’”ti? “Yo so, bhante, puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, kintaṁ tassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchissati. Yo ca kho so, bhante, puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato tasseva kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggaccheyya”. [¶58] “Which do you think would enter any kind of assembly bold and self-assured, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics?” > Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, ko nu kho yaṁyadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkameyya, yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ visārado upasaṅkameyya amaṅkubhūto: ‘yo vā so puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, yo vā so puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato’”ti? [¶59] “How could the person who is faithless, stingy, miserly, and abusive enter any kind of assembly bold and self-assured, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics? The faithful donor who loves charity would enter any kind of assembly bold and self-assured, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics.” > Pali: “Yo so, bhante, puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, kiṁ so yaṁyadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamissati, yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ visārado upasaṅkamissati amaṅkubhūto. Yo ca kho so, bhante, puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato so yaṁyadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkameyya, yadi khattiyaparisaṁ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṁ yadi gahapatiparisaṁ yadi samaṇaparisaṁ visārado upasaṅkameyya amaṅkubhūto”. [¶60] “When their body breaks up, after death, which do you think would be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm?” > Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññasi, sīha, ko nu kho kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya: ‘yo vā so puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, yo vā so puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato’”ti? [¶61] “Why would the person who is faithless, stingy, miserly, and abusive be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm? The faithful donor who loves charity would, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. > Pali: “Yo so, bhante, puriso assaddho maccharī kadariyo paribhāsako, kiṁ so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjissati. Yo ca kho so, bhante, puriso saddho dānapati anuppadānarato so kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya. [¶62] When it comes to these fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t rely on faith in the Buddha, for I know them too. I’m a giver, a donor, and the perfected ones show sympathy for me first. I’m a giver, and the perfected ones approach me first. I’m a giver, and the perfected ones receive alms from me first. I’m a giver, and the perfected ones teach me Dhamma first. I’m a giver, and I have this good reputation: ‘General Sīha gives, serves, and attends on the Saṅgha.’ I’m a giver, I enter any kind of assembly bold and self-assured, whether it’s an assembly of aristocrats, brahmins, householders, or ascetics. When it comes to these fruits of giving that are apparent in the present life, I don’t rely on faith in the Buddha, for I know them too. But when the Buddha says: ‘When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ I don’t know this, so I rely on faith in the Buddha.” > Pali: Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṁ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi. Ahampi etāni jānāmi. Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, maṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ anukampantā anukampanti. Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, maṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ upasaṅkamantā upasaṅkamanti. Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, mayhaṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ paṭiggaṇhantā paṭiggaṇhanti. Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, mayhaṁ arahanto paṭhamaṁ dhammaṁ desentā desenti. Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati, mayhaṁ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato: ‘sīho senāpati dāyako kārako saṅghupaṭṭhāko’ti. Ahaṁ, bhante, dāyako dānapati yaṁyadeva parisaṁ upasaṅkamāmi, yadi khattiyaparisaṁ …pe… yadi samaṇaparisaṁ visārado upasaṅkamāmi amaṅkubhūto. Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā sandiṭṭhikāni dānaphalāni akkhātāni, nāhaṁ ettha bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmi. Ahampi etāni jānāmi. Yañca kho maṁ, bhante, bhagavā evamāha: ‘dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī’ti. Etāhaṁ na jānāmi, ettha ca panāhaṁ, bhagavato saddhāya gacchāmī”ti. [¶63] “That’s so true, Sīha! That’s so true! When a giver’s body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” > Pali: “Evametaṁ, sīha, evametaṁ, sīha. Dāyako, sīha, dānapati kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjatī”ti. [¶64] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶65] AN 7.58 · Nothing to Hide > Pali: AN 7.58 · Arakkheyyasutta [¶66] “Mendicants, there are four areas where the Realized One has nothing to hide, and three ways he is irreproachable. What are the four areas where the Realized One has nothing to hide? > Pali: “Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni, tīhi ca anupavajjo. Katamāni cattāri tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni? [¶67] His bodily behavior is pure. So the Realized One has no bodily misconduct to hide, thinking: ‘Don’t let others find this out about me!’ > Pali: Parisuddhakāyasamācāro, bhikkhave, tathāgato; natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṁ yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya: ‘mā me idaṁ paro aññāsī’ti. [¶68] His verbal behavior is pure. So the Realized One has no verbal misconduct to hide, thinking: ‘Don’t let others find this out about me!’ > Pali: Parisuddhavacīsamācāro, bhikkhave, tathāgato; natthi tathāgatassa vacīduccaritaṁ yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya: ‘mā me idaṁ paro aññāsī’ti. [¶69] His mental behavior is pure. So the Realized One has no mental misconduct to hide, thinking: ‘Don’t let others find this out about me!’ > Pali: Parisuddhamanosamācāro, bhikkhave, tathāgato; natthi tathāgatassa manoduccaritaṁ yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya: ‘mā me idaṁ paro aññāsī’ti. [¶70] His livelihood is pure. So the Realized One has no wrong livelihood to hide, thinking: ‘Don’t let others find this out about me!’ > Pali: Parisuddhājīvo, bhikkhave, tathāgato; natthi tathāgatassa micchāājīvo yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya: ‘mā me idaṁ paro aññāsī’ti. [¶71] These are the four areas where the Realized One has nothing to hide. > Pali: Imāni cattāri tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni. [¶72] What are the three ways the Realized One is irreproachable? > Pali: Katamehi tīhi anupavajjo? [¶73] The Realized One has explained the teaching well. I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or the Divinity, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘For such reasons you haven’t explained the teaching well.’ Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and self-assured. > Pali: Svākkhātadhammo, bhikkhave, tathāgato. Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessati: ‘itipi tvaṁ na svākkhātadhammo’ti. Nimittametaṁ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. [¶74] I have clearly described the practice that leads to extinguishment for my disciples. Practicing in accordance with this, my disciples realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or the Divinity, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘For such reasons you haven’t clearly described the practice that leads to extinguishment for your disciples.’ Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and self-assured. > Pali: Supaññattā kho pana me, bhikkhave, sāvakānaṁ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā. Yathāpaṭipannā mama sāvakā āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessati: ‘itipi te na supaññattā sāvakānaṁ nibbānagāminī paṭipadā. Yathāpaṭipannā tava sāvakā āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’ti. Nimittametaṁ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. [¶75] Many hundreds in my assembly of disciples have realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. I see no reason for anyone—whether ascetic, brahmin, god, Māra, or the Divinity, or anyone else in the world—to legitimately scold me, saying: ‘For such reasons you don’t have many hundreds of disciples in your following who have realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and who live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.’ Since I see no such reason, I live secure, fearless, and self-assured. > Pali: Anekasatā kho pana me, bhikkhave, sāvakaparisā āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti. Tatra vata maṁ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṁ sahadhammena paṭicodessati: ‘itipi te na anekasatā sāvakaparisā āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’ti. Nimittametaṁ, bhikkhave, na samanupassāmi. Etamahaṁ, bhikkhave, nimittaṁ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi. [¶76] These are the three ways the Realized One is irreproachable. > Pali: Imehi tīhi anupavajjo. [¶77] These are the four areas where the Realized One has nothing to hide, and the three ways he is irreproachable.” > Pali: Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri tathāgatassa arakkheyyāni, imehi ca tīhi anupavajjo”ti. [¶78] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. ## 8. The Undeclared Points · AN 7.59–7.64 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/8/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/8/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.59 · With Kimbila > Pali: AN 7.59 · Kimilasutta [¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Kimbilā in the Freshwater Mangrove Wood. Then Venerable Kimbila went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kimilāyaṁ viharati niculavane. Atha kho āyasmā kimilo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā kimilo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶2] “What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why the true teaching does not last long after the final quenching of the Realized One?” > Pali: “ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti? [¶3] “Kimbila, it’s when the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen lack respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, diligence, and hospitality after the final quenching of the Realized One. This is the cause, this is the reason why the true teaching does not last long after the final quenching of the Realized One.” > Pali: “Idha, kimila, tathāgate parinibbute bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari agāravā viharanti appatissā, dhamme agāravā viharanti appatissā, saṅghe agāravā viharanti appatissā, sikkhāya agāravā viharanti appatissā, samādhismiṁ agāravā viharanti appatissā, appamāde agāravā viharanti appatissā, paṭisanthāre agāravā viharanti appatissā. Ayaṁ kho, kimila, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo na ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti. [¶4] “What is the cause, sir, what is the reason why the true teaching does last long after the final quenching of the Realized One?” > Pali: “Ko pana, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti? [¶5] “Kimbila, it’s when the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen maintain respect and reverence for the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, diligence, and hospitality after the final quenching of the Realized One. This is the cause, this is the reason why the true teaching does last long after the final quenching of the Realized One.” > Pali: “Idha, kimila, tathāgate parinibbute bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo satthari sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, dhamme sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, saṅghe sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, sikkhāya sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, samādhismiṁ sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, appamāde sagāravā viharanti sappatissā, paṭisanthāre sagāravā viharanti sappatissā. Ayaṁ kho, kimila, hetu ayaṁ paccayo yena tathāgate parinibbute saddhammo ciraṭṭhitiko hotī”ti. [¶6] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶7] AN 7.60 · Seven Qualities > Pali: AN 7.60 · Sattadhammasutta [¶8] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities soon realizes the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. They live having achieved with their own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness. What seven? It’s when a mendicant is faithful, ethical, learned, secluded, energetic, mindful, and wise. A mendicant with these seven qualities soon realizes the supreme culmination of the spiritual path in this very life. They live having achieved with their own insight the goal for which gentlemen rightly go forth from the lay life to homelessness.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya. Katamehi sattahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho hoti, sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, paṭisallīno hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, satimā hoti, paññavā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu nacirasseva āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā”ti. [¶9] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶10] AN 7.61 · Nodding Off > Pali: AN 7.61 · Pacalāyamānasutta [¶11] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Bhaggas at Crocodile’s Bellow, in the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood. > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. [¶12] Now at that time, in the land of the Magadhans near Kallavāḷamutta Village, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was nodding off while meditating. The Buddha saw him with his clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman. Then, as easily as a strong person would extend or contract their arm, he vanished from the deer park at Bhesakaḷā’s Wood in the land of the Bhaggas and reappeared in front of Mahāmoggallāna near Kallavāḷamutta Village in the land of the Magadhans. > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamāno nisinno hoti. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamānaṁ nisinnaṁ. Disvā— seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṁ vā bāhaṁ pasāreyya, pasāritaṁ vā bāhaṁ samiñjeyya; evamevaṁ—bhaggesu susumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye antarahito magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa sammukhe pāturahosi. [¶13] He sat down on the seat spread out and said to Mahāmoggallāna, “Are you nodding off, Moggallāna? Are you nodding off?” > Pali: Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ mahāmoggallānaṁ etadavoca: “Pacalāyasi no tvaṁ, moggallāna, pacalāyasi no tvaṁ, moggallānā”ti? [¶14] “Yes, sir.” > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”. [¶15] “So, Moggallāna, don’t focus on or cultivate the perception that you were meditating on when you fell drowsy. It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. > Pali: “Tasmātiha, moggallāna, yathāsaññissa te viharato taṁ middhaṁ okkamati, taṁ saññaṁ mā manasākāsi, taṁ saññaṁ mā bahulamakāsi. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ, moggallāna, vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. [¶16] But what if that doesn’t work? Then think about and consider the teaching as you’ve learned and memorized it, examining it with your mind. It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. > Pali: No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ cetasā anuvitakkeyyāsi anuvicāreyyāsi, manasā anupekkheyyāsi. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. [¶17] But what if that doesn’t work? Then rehearse in detail the teaching as you’ve learned and memorized it. It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. > Pali: No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, yathāsutaṁ yathāpariyattaṁ dhammaṁ vitthārena sajjhāyaṁ kareyyāsi. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. [¶18] But what if that doesn’t work? Then pinch your ears and rub your limbs. It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. > Pali: No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ubho kaṇṇasotāni āviñcheyyāsi, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjeyyāsi. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. [¶19] But what if that doesn’t work? Then get up from your seat, flush your eyes with water, look around in every direction, and look up at the stars and constellations. It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. > Pali: No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, uṭṭhāyāsanā udakena akkhīni anumajjitvā disā anuvilokeyyāsi, nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni ullokeyyāsi. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. [¶20] But what if that doesn’t work? Then apply your mind to the perception of light, focusing on the perception of day: as by day, so by night; as by night, so by day. And so, with an open and unenveloped heart, develop a mind that’s full of radiance. It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. > Pali: No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, ālokasaññaṁ manasi kareyyāsi, divāsaññaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi— yathā divā tathā rattiṁ yathā rattiṁ tathā divā. Iti vivaṭena cetasā apariyonaddhena sappabhāsaṁ cittaṁ bhāveyyāsi. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. [¶21] But what if that doesn’t work? Then walk mindfully, focusing on the perception of before and behind, your faculties directed inwards and your mind not scattered outside. It’s possible that you’ll give up drowsiness in this way. > Pali: No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, pacchāpuresaññī caṅkamaṁ adhiṭṭhaheyyāsi antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena mānasena. Ṭhānaṁ kho panetaṁ vijjati yaṁ te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha. [¶22] But what if that doesn’t work? Then lie down in the lion’s posture—on the right side, placing one foot on top of the other—mindful and aware, and focused on the time of getting up. When you wake, you should get up quickly, thinking: ‘I will not live indulging in the pleasures of sleeping, lying down, and drowsing.’ That’s how you should train. > Pali: No ce te evaṁ viharato taṁ middhaṁ pahīyetha, tato tvaṁ, moggallāna, dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṁ kappeyyāsi pāde pādaṁ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṁ manasi karitvā. Paṭibuddhena ca te, moggallāna, khippaññeva paccuṭṭhātabbaṁ: ‘na seyyasukhaṁ na passasukhaṁ na middhasukhaṁ anuyutto viharissāmī’ti. Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. [¶23] So you should train like this: ‘I will not approach families with my head swollen with vanity.’ That’s how you should train. What happens if a mendicant approaches families with a head swollen with vanity? Well, families have business to attend to, so people might not notice when a mendicant arrives. In that case the mendicant thinks: ‘Who on earth has turned this family against me? It seems they don’t like me any more.’ And so, because they don’t get anything they feel dismayed. Being dismayed, they become restless. Being restless, they lose restraint. And without restraint the mind is far from immersion. > Pali: Tasmātiha, moggallāna, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘na uccāsoṇḍaṁ paggahetvā kulāni upasaṅkamissāmī’ti. Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. Sace, moggallāna, bhikkhu uccāsoṇḍaṁ paggahetvā kulāni upasaṅkamati, santi hi, moggallāna, kulesu kiccakaraṇīyāni. Yehi manussā āgataṁ bhikkhuṁ na manasi karonti, tatra bhikkhussa evaṁ hoti: ‘kosu nāma idāni maṁ imasmiṁ kule paribhindi, virattarūpā dānime mayi manussā’ti. Itissa alābhena maṅkubhāvo, maṅkubhūtassa uddhaccaṁ, uddhatassa asaṁvaro, asaṁvutassa ārā cittaṁ samādhimhā. [¶24] So you should train like this: ‘I won’t get into arguments.’ That’s how you should train. When there’s an argument, you can expect there’ll be lots of talking. When there’s lots of talking, people become restless. Being restless, they lose restraint. And without restraint the mind is far from immersion. Moggallāna, I don’t praise all kinds of closeness. Nor do I criticize all kinds of closeness. I don’t praise closeness with laypeople and renunciates. I do praise closeness with those lodgings that are quiet and still, far from the madding crowd, remote from human settlements, and fit for retreat.” > Pali: Tasmātiha, moggallāna, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘na viggāhikakathaṁ kathessāmī’ti. Evañhi te, moggallāna, sikkhitabbaṁ. Viggāhikāya, moggallāna, kathāya sati kathābāhullaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ, kathābāhulle sati uddhaccaṁ, uddhatassa asaṁvaro, asaṁvutassa ārā cittaṁ samādhimhā. Nāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmi. Na panāhaṁ, moggallāna, sabbeheva saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi. Sagahaṭṭhapabbajitehi kho ahaṁ, moggallāna, saṁsaggaṁ na vaṇṇayāmi. Yāni ca kho tāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussarāhasseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni tathārūpehi senāsanehi saṁsaggaṁ vaṇṇayāmī”ti. [¶25] When he said this, Venerable Moggallāna asked the Buddha, “Sir, how do you briefly define a mendicant who is freed through the ending of craving, who has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary from the yoke, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal, and is best among gods and humans?” > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: “kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti? [¶26] “Take a mendicant who has heard: ‘Nothing is worth insisting on.’ When a mendicant has heard that nothing is worth insisting on, they directly know all things. Directly knowing all things, they completely understand all things. Completely understanding all things, when they experience any kind of feeling—pleasant, unpleasant, or neutral— they meditate observing impermanence, dispassion, cessation, and letting go in those feelings. Meditating in this way, they don’t grasp at anything in the world. Not grasping, they’re not anxious. Not being anxious, they personally become extinguished. > Pali: “Idha, moggallāna, bhikkhuno sutaṁ hoti: ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṁ abhinivesāyā’ti; evañcetaṁ, moggallāna, bhikkhuno sutaṁ hoti: ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṁ abhinivesāyā’ti. So sabbaṁ dhammaṁ abhijānāti, sabbaṁ dhammaṁ abhiññāya sabbaṁ dhammaṁ parijānāti. Sabbaṁ dhammaṁ pariññāya yaṁ kiñci vedanaṁ vediyati sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā. So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharanto virāgānupassī viharanto nirodhānupassī viharanto paṭinissaggānupassī viharanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṁ na paritassati, aparitassaṁ paccattaṁyeva parinibbāyati. [¶27] They understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is nothing further for this place.’ That’s how I briefly define a mendicant who is freed through the ending of craving, who has reached the ultimate end, the ultimate sanctuary from the yoke, the ultimate spiritual life, the ultimate goal, and is best among gods and humans.” > Pali: ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ, nāparaṁ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Ettāvatā kho, moggallāna, bhikkhu saṅkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānan”ti. [¶28] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶29] AN 7.62 · Don’t Fear Good Deeds > Pali: AN 7.62 · Mettasutta [¶30] “Mendicants, don’t fear good deeds. For ‘good deeds’ is a term for happiness. I recall undergoing for a long time the likable, desirable, and agreeable results of good deeds performed over a long time. I developed a mind of love for seven years. As a result, for seven eons of the cosmos contracting and expanding I didn’t return to this world again. As the cosmos contracted I went to the realm of sublime luminosity. As it expanded I was reborn in an empty mansion of divinity. > Pali: “Mā, bhikkhave, puññānaṁ bhāyittha. Sukhassetaṁ, bhikkhave, adhivacanaṁ yadidaṁ puññāni. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, dīgharattaṁ katānaṁ puññānaṁ dīgharattaṁ iṭṭhaṁ kantaṁ manāpaṁ vipākaṁ paccanubhūtaṁ. Satta vassāni mettacittaṁ bhāvesiṁ. Satta vassāni mettacittaṁ bhāvetvā satta saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe nayimaṁ lokaṁ punāgamāsiṁ. Saṁvaṭṭamāne sudāhaṁ, bhikkhave, loke ābhassarūpago homi, vivaṭṭamāne loke suññaṁ brahmavimānaṁ upapajjāmi. [¶31] There I was the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the vanquisher, the unvanquished, the universal seer, the wielder of power. I was Sakka, lord of gods, thirty-six times. Many hundreds of times I was a king, a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king. My dominion extended to all four sides, I achieved stability in the country, and I possessed the seven treasures. These were my seven treasures: the wheel, the elephant, the horse, the jewel, the woman, the householder, and the commander as the seventh treasure. I had over a thousand sons who were valiant and heroic, crushing the armies of my enemies. After conquering this land girt by sea, I reigned by principle, without rod or sword. > Pali: Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmā homi mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī. Chattiṁsakkhattuṁ kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sakko ahosiṁ devānamindo; anekasatakkhattuṁ rājā ahosiṁ cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Tassa mayhaṁ, bhikkhave, imāni satta ratanāni ahesuṁ, seyyathidaṁ— cakkaratanaṁ, hatthiratanaṁ, assaratanaṁ, maṇiratanaṁ, itthiratanaṁ, gahapatiratanaṁ, pariṇāyakaratanameva sattamaṁ. Parosahassaṁ kho pana me, bhikkhave, puttā ahesuṁ sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṁ pathaviṁ sāgarapariyantaṁ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasinti. [¶32] See the result of good deeds, of skillful deeds, for one seeking happiness. I developed a mind of love for seven years, mendicants. For seven eons of expansion and contraction I didn’t return to this world again. > Pali: Passa puññānaṁ vipākaṁ, Kusalānaṁ sukhesino; Mettaṁ cittaṁ vibhāvetvā, Satta vassāni bhikkhavo; Sattasaṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe, Nayimaṁ lokaṁ punāgamiṁ. [¶33] As the world contracted I went to the realm of sublime luminosity. And when it expanded I went to an empty mansion of divinity. > Pali: Saṁvaṭṭamāne lokamhi, homi ābhassarūpago; Vivaṭṭamāne lokasmiṁ, suññabrahmūpago ahuṁ. [¶34] Seven times I was a Great Divinity, and at that time I was the wielder of power. Thirty-six times I was lord of gods, acting as ruler of the gods. > Pali: Sattakkhattuṁ mahābrahmā, vasavattī tadā ahuṁ; Chattiṁsakkhattuṁ devindo, devarajjamakārayiṁ. [¶35] Then I was king, a wheel-turning monarch, lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. An anointed aristocrat, I was sovereign of all humans. > Pali: Cakkavattī ahuṁ rājā, jambumaṇḍassa issaro; Muddhāvasitto khattiyo, manussādhipatī ahuṁ. [¶36] Without rod or sword, I conquered this land. Through non-violent action I guided it justly. > Pali: Adaṇḍena asatthena, vijeyya pathaviṁ imaṁ; Asāhasena kammena, samena manusāsi taṁ. [¶37] After ruling this vast territory by means of principle, I was born in a rich family, affluent and wealthy. > Pali: Dhammena rajjaṁ kāretvā, asmiṁ pathavimaṇḍale; Mahaddhane mahābhoge, aḍḍhe ajāyihaṁ kule. [¶38] It was replete with all sense pleasures, and the seven treasures. This was well taught by the Buddhas, who bring the world together. > Pali: Sabbakāmehi sampanne, ratanehi ca sattahi; Buddhā saṅgāhakā loke, tehi etaṁ sudesitaṁ. [¶39] This is the cause of greatness by which one is called a lord of the land. I was a majestic king, with lots of property and assets; > Pali: Eso hetu mahantassa, pathabyo me na vipajjati; Pahūtavittūpakaraṇo, rājā hoti patāpavā. [¶40] successful and glorious, lord of the Black Plum Tree Land. Who would not be inspired by this, even someone of dark birth. > Pali: Iddhimā yasavā hoti, jambumaṇḍassa issaro; Ko sutvā nappasīdeyya, api kaṇhābhijātiyo. [¶41] Therefore someone who desires self-knowledge, and aspires to greatness themselves, should respect the true teaching, remembering the instructions of the Buddhas.” > Pali: Tasmā hi attakāmena, mahattamabhikaṅkhatā; Saddhammo garukātabbo, saraṁ buddhānasāsanan”ti. [¶42] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶43] AN 7.63 · Kinds of Wives > Pali: AN 7.63 · Bhariyāsutta [¶44] Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, went to the home of the householder Anāthapiṇḍika, where he sat down on the seat spread out. > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṁ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesanaṁ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. [¶45] Now at that time people in Anāthapiṇḍika’s home were making a colossal racket. Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him, “Householder, what’s with the people making that colossal racket in your home? You’d think it was fishermen hauling in a catch!” > Pali: Tena kho pana samayena anāthapiṇḍikassa gahapatissa nivesane manussā uccāsaddā mahāsaddā honti. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṁ gahapatiṁ bhagavā etadavoca: “Kiṁ nu te, gahapati, nivesane manussā uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kevaṭṭā maññe macchavilope”ti? [¶46] “Sir, that’s my daughter-in-law Sujātā. She’s been brought here from a wealthy family. She doesn’t obey her mother-in-law or father-in-law or her husband. And she does not honor, respect, esteem, and venerate the Buddha.” > Pali: “Ayaṁ, bhante, sujātā gharasuṇhā aḍḍhakulā ānītā. Sā neva sassuṁ ādiyati, na sasuraṁ ādiyati, na sāmikaṁ ādiyati, bhagavantampi na sakkaroti na garuṁ karoti na māneti na pūjetī”ti. [¶47] Then the Buddha addressed Sujātā, saying, “Come, Sujātā.” > Pali: Atha kho bhagavā sujātaṁ gharasuṇhaṁ āmantesi: “ehi, sujāte”ti. [¶48] “Yes, sir,” she replied. She went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to her: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sujātā gharasuṇhā bhagavato paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinnaṁ kho sujātaṁ gharasuṇhaṁ bhagavā etadavoca: [¶49] “Sujātā, a man can have seven kinds of wife. What seven? A wife like a killer, a wife like a thief, a wife like a lord, a wife like a mother, a wife like a sister, a wife like a comrade, and a wife like a bondservant. These are the kinds of wife that a man can have. Which one of these are you?” > Pali: “Satta kho imā, sujāte, purisassa bhariyāyo. Katamā satta? Vadhakasamā, corīsamā, ayyasamā, mātāsamā, bhaginīsamā, sakhīsamā, dāsīsamā. Imā kho, sujāte, satta purisassa bhariyāyo. Tāsaṁ tvaṁ katamā”ti? [¶50] “Sir, I don’t understand the detailed meaning of what the Buddha has said in brief. Please teach me this matter so I can understand the detailed meaning.” > Pali: “Na kho ahaṁ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi. Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṁ desetu yathāhaṁ imassa bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṁ jāneyyan”ti. [¶51] “Well then, Sujātā, listen and apply your mind well, I will speak.” > Pali: “Tena hi, sujāte, suṇāhi, sādhukaṁ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī”ti. [¶52] “Yes, sir,” she replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti kho sujātā gharasuṇhā bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶53] “With a mind full of hate and no kindness, lusting for others, looking down on her husband, she longs to murder him who paid the price for her. A man’s wife of this sort is called a wife and a killer. > Pali: “Paduṭṭhacittā ahitānukampinī, Aññesu rattā atimaññate patiṁ; Dhanena kītassa vadhāya ussukā, Yā evarūpā purisassa bhariyā; ‘Vadhā ca bhariyā’ti ca sā pavuccati. [¶54] A woman’s husband earns his wealth by focusing on a profession, trade, or farming. And even if it’s only a little, she wants to take it. A man’s wife of this sort is called a wife and a thief. > Pali: Yaṁ itthiyā vindati sāmiko dhanaṁ, Sippaṁ vaṇijjañca kasiṁ adhiṭṭhahaṁ; Appampi tassa apahātumicchati, Yā evarūpā purisassa bhariyā; ‘Corī ca bhariyā’ti ca sā pavuccati. [¶55] She’s an idle glutton who doesn’t want to work. Her words are harsh, fierce, and rude. He works hard, but she lives as his master. A man’s wife of this sort is called a wife and a lord. > Pali: Akammakāmā alasā mahagghasā, Pharusā ca caṇḍī duruttavādinī; Uṭṭhāyakānaṁ abhibhuyya vattati, Yā evarūpā purisassa bhariyā; ‘Ayyā ca bhariyā’ti ca sā pavuccati. [¶56] She’s always caring and kind, looking after her husband like a mother her child. She keeps the wealth that he has earned secure. A man’s wife of this sort is called a wife and a mother. > Pali: Yā sabbadā hoti hitānukampinī, Mātāva puttaṁ anurakkhate patiṁ; Tato dhanaṁ sambhatamassa rakkhati, Yā evarūpā purisassa bhariyā; ‘Mātā ca bhariyā’ti ca sā pavuccati. [¶57] She respects her husband as a younger sister respects her elder. Conscientious, she does what her husband says. A man’s wife of this sort is called a wife and a sister. > Pali: Yathāpi jeṭṭhā bhaginī kaniṭṭhakā, Sagāravā hoti sakamhi sāmike; Hirīmanā bhattuvasānuvattinī, Yā evarūpā purisassa bhariyā; ‘Bhaginī ca bhariyā’ti ca sā pavuccati. [¶58] She’s delighted to see him, like one reunited with a long-lost comrade. She’s of good pedigree, virtuous, and devoted. A man’s wife of this sort is called a wife and a comrade. > Pali: Yācīdha disvāna patiṁ pamodati, Sakhī sakhāraṁva cirassamāgataṁ; Koleyyakā sīlavatī patibbatā, Yā evarūpā purisassa bhariyā; ‘Sakhī ca bhariyā’ti ca sā pavuccati. [¶59] She has no anger when threatened with violence by the rod. Without hate or anger, she endures her husband and does what he says. A man’s wife of this sort is called a wife and a bondservant. > Pali: Akkuddhasantā vadhadaṇḍatajjitā, Aduṭṭhacittā patino titikkhati; Akkodhanā bhattuvasānuvattinī, Yā evarūpā purisassa bhariyā; ‘Dāsī ca bhariyā’ti ca sā pavuccati. [¶60] The kinds of wives here called killer, thief, and lord; immoral, harsh, and lacking regard for others, when their body breaks up they set course for hell. > Pali: Yācīdha bhariyā vadhakāti vuccati, ‘Corī ca ayyā’ti ca yā pavuccati; Dussīlarūpā pharusā anādarā, Kāyassa bhedā nirayaṁ vajanti tā. [¶61] But the kinds of wives here called mother, sister, comrade, and bondservant; steadfast in their own morality, restrained for a long time, when their body breaks up they set course for a good place. > Pali: Yācīdha mātā bhaginī sakhīti ca, ‘Dāsī ca bhariyā’ti ca sā pavuccati; Sīle ṭhitattā cirarattasaṁvutā, Kāyassa bhedā sugatiṁ vajanti tāti. [¶62] Sujātā, these are the seven kinds of wife that a man can have. Which one of these are you?” > Pali: Imā kho, sujāte, satta purisassa bhariyāyo. Tāsaṁ tvaṁ katamā”ti? [¶63] “Sir, from this day forth may the Buddha remember me as a wife like a bondservant.” > Pali: “Ajjatagge maṁ, bhante, bhagavā dāsīsamaṁ sāmikassa bhariyaṁ dhāretū”ti. [¶64] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶65] AN 7.64 · Irritable > Pali: AN 7.64 · Kodhanasutta [¶66] “Mendicants, these seven things that please and assist an enemy happen to an irritable woman or man. What seven? > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, dhammā sapattakantā sapattakaraṇā kodhanaṁ āgacchanti itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā. Katame satta? [¶67] Firstly, an enemy wishes for an enemy: ‘If only they’d become ugly!’ Why is that? Because an enemy doesn’t like to have a beautiful enemy. An irritable individual, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, is ugly, even though they’re nicely bathed and anointed, with hair and beard dressed, and wearing white clothes. This is the first thing that pleases and assists an enemy which happens to an irritable woman or man. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṁ icchati: ‘aho vatāyaṁ dubbaṇṇo assā’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano; atha kho so dubbaṇṇova hoti kodhābhibhūto. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṁ āgacchati itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā. [¶68] Furthermore, an enemy wishes for an enemy: ‘If only they’d sleep badly!’ Why is that? Because an enemy doesn’t like to have an enemy who sleeps at ease. An irritable individual, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, sleeps badly, even though they sleep on a couch spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with a canopy above and red pillows at both ends. This is the second thing … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṁ icchati: ‘aho vatāyaṁ dukkhaṁ sayeyyā’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa sukhaseyyāya nandati. Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so pallaṅke seti gonakatthate paṭalikatthate kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇe sauttaracchade ubhatolohitakūpadhāne; atha kho so dukkhaññeva seti kodhābhibhūto. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṁ āgacchati itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā. [¶69] Furthermore, an enemy wishes for an enemy: ‘If only their needs are not amply satisfied!’ Why is that? Because an enemy doesn’t like to have an enemy whose needs are amply satisfied. When an irritable individual, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, gets what they don’t need they think, ‘I’ve got what I need.’ When they get what they need they think, ‘I’ve got what I don’t need.’ When an angry person gets these things that are the exact opposite of what they need, it’s for their lasting harm and suffering. This is the third thing … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṁ icchati: ‘aho vatāyaṁ na pacurattho assā’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa pacuratthatāya nandati. Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, anatthampi gahetvā ‘attho me gahito’ti maññati, atthampi gahetvā ‘anattho me gahito’ti maññati. Tassime dhammā aññamaññaṁ vipaccanīkā gahitā dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya saṁvattanti kodhābhibhūtassa. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, tatiyo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṁ āgacchati itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā. [¶70] Furthermore, an enemy wishes for an enemy: ‘If only they weren’t wealthy!’ Why is that? Because an enemy doesn’t like to have an enemy who is wealthy. When an individual is irritable, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, the rulers seize the legitimate wealth they’ve earned by their efforts, built up with their own hands, gathered by the sweat of their brow. This is the fourth thing … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṁ icchati: ‘aho vatāyaṁ na bhogavā assā’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa bhogavatāya nandati. Kodhanassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa kodhābhibhūtassa kodhaparetassa, yepissa te honti bhogā uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sedāvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā, tepi rājāno rājakosaṁ pavesenti kodhābhibhūtassa. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, catuttho dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṁ āgacchati itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā. [¶71] Furthermore, an enemy wishes for an enemy: ‘If only they weren’t famous!’ Why is that? Because an enemy doesn’t like to have a famous enemy. When an individual is irritable, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, any fame they have acquired by diligence falls to dust. This is the fifth thing … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṁ icchati: ‘aho vatāyaṁ na yasavā assā’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa yasavatāya nandati. Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto, yopissa so hoti yaso appamādādhigato, tamhāpi dhaṁsati kodhābhibhūto. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, pañcamo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṁ āgacchati itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā. [¶72] Furthermore, an enemy wishes for an enemy: ‘If only they had no friends!’ Why is that? Because an enemy doesn’t like to have an enemy with friends. When an individual is irritable, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, their friends and colleagues, relatives and kin avoid them from afar. This is the sixth thing … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṁ icchati: ‘aho vatāyaṁ na mittavā assā’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa mittavatāya nandati. Kodhanaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalaṁ kodhābhibhūtaṁ kodhaparetaṁ, yepissa te honti mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā, tepi ārakā parivajjanti kodhābhibhūtaṁ. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṁ āgacchati itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā. [¶73] Furthermore, an enemy wishes for an enemy: ‘If only, when their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell!’ Why is that? Because an enemy doesn’t like to have an enemy who goes to a good place. When an individual is irritable, overcome and overwhelmed by anger, they do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. This is the seventh thing that pleases and assists an enemy which happens to an irritable woman or man. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṁ icchati: ‘aho vatāyaṁ kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyyā’ti. Taṁ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa sugatigamane nandati. Kodhanoyaṁ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto kāyena duccaritaṁ carati, vācāya duccaritaṁ carati, manasā duccaritaṁ carati. So kāyena duccaritaṁ caritvā vācāya …pe… kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati kodhābhibhūto. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṁ āgacchati itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vā. [¶74] These are the seven things that please and assist an enemy which happen to an irritable woman or man. > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta dhammā sapattakantā sapattakaraṇā kodhanaṁ āgacchanti itthiṁ vā purisaṁ vāti. [¶75] An irritable person is ugly and they sleep badly. When they get what they need, they take it to be what they don’t need. > Pali: Kodhano dubbaṇṇo hoti, atho dukkhampi seti so; Atho atthaṁ gahetvāna, anatthaṁ adhipajjati. [¶76] An angry person kills with body or speech; overcome with anger, they lose their wealth. > Pali: Tato kāyena vācāya, vadhaṁ katvāna kodhano; Kodhābhibhūto puriso, dhanajāniṁ nigacchati. [¶77] Mad with anger, they fall into disgrace. Family, friends, and loved ones avoid an irritable person. > Pali: Kodhasammadasammatto, āyasakyaṁ nigacchati; Ñātimittā suhajjā ca, parivajjanti kodhanaṁ. [¶78] Anger creates harm; anger upsets the mind. That person doesn’t recognize the danger that arises within. > Pali: Anatthajanano kodho, kodho cittappakopano; Bhayamantarato jātaṁ, taṁ jano nāvabujjhati. [¶79] An angry person doesn’t know the good. An angry person doesn’t see the truth. When a person is beset by anger, only blind darkness is left. > Pali: Kuddho atthaṁ na jānāti, kuddho dhammaṁ na passati; Andhatamaṁ tadā hoti, yaṁ kodho sahate naraṁ. [¶80] An angry person destroys with ease what was hard to build. Afterwards, when the anger is spent, they’re tormented as if burnt by fire. > Pali: Yaṁ kuddho uparodheti, sukaraṁ viya dukkaraṁ; Pacchā so vigate kodhe, aggidaḍḍhova tappati. [¶81] Their look betrays their sulkiness like a fire’s smoky plume. And when their anger flares up, they make others angry. > Pali: Dummaṅkuyaṁ padasseti, dhūmaṁ dhūmīva pāvako; Yato patāyati kodho, yena kujjhanti mānavā. [¶82] They have no conscience or prudence, nor any respectful speech. One overcome by anger has no island refuge anywhere. > Pali: Nāssa hirī na ottappaṁ, na vāco hoti gāravo; Kodhena abhibhūtassa, na dīpaṁ hoti kiñcanaṁ. [¶83] The deeds that torment a man are far from those that are good. I’ll explain them now; listen to this, for it is the truth. > Pali: Tapanīyāni kammāni, yāni dhammehi ārakā; Tāni ārocayissāmi, taṁ suṇātha yathā tathaṁ. [¶84] An angry person slays their father; their mother, too, they slay. An angry person slays a saint; a normal person, too, they slay. > Pali: Kuddho hi pitaraṁ hanti, hanti kuddho samātaraṁ; Kuddho hi brāhmaṇaṁ hanti, hanti kuddho puthujjanaṁ. [¶85] A man is raised by his mother, who shows him the world. But an angry ordinary person slays even that good woman who gave him life. > Pali: Yāya mātu bhato poso, imaṁ lokaṁ avekkhati; Tampi pāṇadadiṁ santiṁ, hanti kuddho puthujjano. [¶86] Like oneself, those sentient beings hold themselves most dear. But when angered, they kill themselves in different ways, distraught in many respects. > Pali: Attūpamā hi te sattā, attā hi paramo piyo; Hanti kuddho puthuttānaṁ, nānārūpesu mucchito. [¶87] Some kill themselves with swords, some, distraught, take poison. Some hang themselves with rope, or fling themselves down a mountain gorge. > Pali: Asinā hanti attānaṁ, visaṁ khādanti mucchitā; Rajjuyā bajjha mīyanti, pabbatāmapi kandare. [¶88] When they commit deeds of baby-killing, and killing themselves, they don’t realize what they do, for anger leads to their downfall. > Pali: Bhūnahaccāni kammāni, attamāraṇiyāni ca; Karontā nāvabujjhanti, kodhajāto parābhavo. [¶89] The snare of death in the form of anger lies hidden in the heart. You should cut it out by self-control, by wisdom, energy, and right ideas. > Pali: Itāyaṁ kodharūpena, maccupāso guhāsayo; Taṁ damena samucchinde, paññāvīriyena diṭṭhiyā. [¶90] An astute person should cut out this unskillful thing. And they’d train in the teaching in just the same way, not yielding to sulkiness. > Pali: Yathā metaṁ akusalaṁ, samucchindetha paṇḍito; Tatheva dhamme sikkhetha, mā no dummaṅkuyaṁ ahu. [¶91] Free of anger, free of despair, free of greed, with no more longing, tamed, having given up anger, the undefiled are fully extinguished.” > Pali: Vītakodhā anāyāsā, Vītalobhā anussukā; Dantā kodhaṁ pahantvāna, Parinibbanti anāsavā”ti. [¶92] > Pali: Ekādasamaṁ. [¶93] > Pali: Abyākatavaggo chaṭṭho. [¶94] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶95] > Pali: Abyākato purisagati, Tissa sīha arakkhiyaṁ; Kimilaṁ satta pacalā, Mettā bhariyā kodhekādasāti. ## 9. The Great Chapter · AN 7.65–7.68 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/9/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/9/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.65 · Conscience and Prudence > Pali: AN 7.65 · Hirīottappasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, when there is no conscience and prudence, one who lacks conscience and prudence has destroyed a vital condition for sense restraint. When there is no sense restraint, one who lacks sense restraint has destroyed a vital condition for ethical conduct. When there is no ethical conduct, one who lacks ethics has destroyed a vital condition for right immersion. When there is no right immersion, one who lacks right immersion has destroyed a vital condition for true knowledge and vision. When there is no true knowledge and vision, one who lacks true knowledge and vision has destroyed a vital condition for disillusionment and dispassion. When there is no disillusionment and dispassion, one who lacks disillusionment and dispassion has destroyed a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom. > Pali: “Hirottappe, bhikkhave, asati hirottappavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti indriyasaṁvaro; indriyasaṁvare asati indriyasaṁvaravipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti sīlaṁ; sīle asati sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṁ; yathābhūtañāṇadassane asati yathābhūtañāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ. [¶2] Suppose there was a tree that lacked branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would not grow to fullness. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi pheggupi sāropi na pāripūriṁ gacchati. [¶3] In the same way, when there is no conscience and prudence, a person who lacks conscience and prudence has destroyed a vital condition for sense restraint. When there is no sense restraint, one who lacks sense restraint has destroyed a vital condition for ethical conduct. When there is no ethical conduct, one who lacks ethics has destroyed a vital condition for right immersion. When there is no right immersion, one who lacks right immersion has destroyed a vital condition for true knowledge and vision. When there is no true knowledge and vision, one who lacks true knowledge and vision has destroyed a vital condition for disillusionment and dispassion. When there is no disillusionment and dispassion, one who lacks disillusionment and dispassion has destroyed a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom. > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, hirottappe asati hirottappavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti indriyasaṁvaro; indriyasaṁvare asati indriyasaṁvaravipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti sīlaṁ; sīle asati sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṁ; yathābhūtañāṇadassane asati yathābhūtañāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṁ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ. [¶4] When there is conscience and prudence, a person who has fulfilled conscience and prudence has fulfilled a vital condition for sense restraint. When there is sense restraint, one who has fulfilled sense restraint has fulfilled a vital condition for ethical conduct. When there is ethical conduct, one who has fulfilled ethical conduct has fulfilled a vital condition for right immersion. When there is right immersion, one who has fulfilled right immersion has fulfilled a vital condition for true knowledge and vision. When there is true knowledge and vision, one who has fulfilled true knowledge and vision has fulfilled a vital condition for disillusionment and dispassion. When there is disillusionment and dispassion, one who has fulfilled disillusionment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom. > Pali: Hirottappe, bhikkhave, sati hirottappasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti indriyasaṁvaro; indriyasaṁvare sati indriyasaṁvarasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti sīlaṁ; sīle sati sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi; sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṁ; yathābhūtañāṇadassane sati yathābhūtañāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo; nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṁ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṁ. [¶5] Suppose there was a tree that was complete with branches and foliage. Its shoots, bark, softwood, and heartwood would grow to fullness. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṁ gacchati, tacopi pheggupi sāropi pāripūriṁ gacchati. [¶6] In the same way, when there is conscience and prudence, one who has fulfilled conscience and prudence has fulfilled a vital condition for sense restraint. … One who has fulfilled disillusionment and dispassion has fulfilled a vital condition for knowledge and vision of freedom.” > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, hirottappe sati hirottappasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti …pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanan”ti. [¶7] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶8] AN 7.66 · The Seven Suns > Pali: AN 7.66 · Sattasūriyasutta [¶9] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was staying near Vesālī in Ambapālī’s Mango Grove. There the Buddha addressed the mendicants, “Mendicants!” > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā vesāliyaṁ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “bhikkhavo”ti. [¶10] “Venerable sir,” they replied. The Buddha said this: > Pali: “Bhadante”ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṁ. Bhagavā etadavoca: [¶11] “Mendicants, conditions are impermanent. Conditions are unstable. Conditions are unreliable. This is quite enough for you to become disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed regarding all conditions. > Pali: “Aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; adhuvā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; anassāsikā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā. Yāvañcidaṁ, bhikkhave, alameva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṁ alaṁ virajjituṁ alaṁ vimuccituṁ. [¶12] Sineru, the king of mountains, is 84,000 leagues long and 84,000 leagues wide. It sinks 84,000 leagues below the ocean and rises 84,000 leagues above it. There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed—many years, many hundreds, many thousands, many hundreds of thousands of years—the heavens fail to rain. When this happens, the plants and seeds, the herbs, grass, and big trees wither away and dry up, and are no more. So impermanent are conditions, so unstable, so unreliable. This is quite enough for you to become disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed regarding all conditions. > Pali: Sineru, bhikkhave, pabbatarājā caturāsītiyojanasahassāni āyāmena, caturāsītiyojanasahassāni vitthārena, caturāsītiyojanasahassāni mahāsamudde ajjhogāḷho, caturāsītiyojanasahassāni mahāsamuddā accuggato. Hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena bahūni vassāni bahūni vassasatāni bahūni vassasahassāni bahūni vassasatasahassāni devo na vassati. Deve kho pana, bhikkhave, avassante ye kecime bījagāmabhūtagāmā osadhitiṇavanappatayo te ussussanti visussanti, na bhavanti. Evaṁ aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; evaṁ adhuvā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā …pe… alaṁ vimuccituṁ. [¶13] There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, a second sun appears. When this happens, the streams and pools wither away and dry up, and are no more. So impermanent are conditions … > Pali: Hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena dutiyo sūriyo pātubhavati. Dutiyassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā yā kāci kunnadiyo kusobbhā tā ussussanti visussanti, na bhavanti. Evaṁ aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā …pe… alaṁ vimuccituṁ. [¶14] There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, a third sun appears. When this happens, the great rivers— the Ganges, Yamunā, Aciravatī, Sarabhū, and Mahī—wither away and dry up, and are no more. So impermanent are conditions … > Pali: Hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena tatiyo sūriyo pātubhavati. Tatiyassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṁ— gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, tā ussussanti visussanti, na bhavanti. Evaṁ aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā …pe… alaṁ vimuccituṁ. [¶15] There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, a fourth sun appears. When this happens, the great lakes from which the rivers originate— the Anotattā, Sīhapapātā, Rathakārā, Kaṇṇamuṇḍā, Kuṇālā, Chaddantā, and Mandākinī—wither away and dry up, and are no more. So impermanent are conditions … > Pali: Hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena catuttho sūriyo pātubhavati. Catutthassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā ye te mahāsarā yato imā mahānadiyo pavattanti, seyyathidaṁ— anotattā, sīhapapātā, rathakārā, kaṇṇamuṇḍā, kuṇālā, chaddantā, mandākiniyā, tā ussussanti visussanti, na bhavanti. Evaṁ aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā …pe… alaṁ vimuccituṁ. [¶16] There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, a fifth sun appears. When this happens, the water in the ocean sinks by a hundred leagues. It sinks by two, three, four, five, six, or even seven hundred leagues. The water that remains in the ocean is only seven palm trees deep. It’s six, five, four, three, two, or even one palm tree deep. The water that remains in the ocean is only seven fathoms deep. It’s six, five, four, three, two, one or even half a fathom deep. It’s waist high, knee high, or even ankle high. It’s like in autumn, when the heavens rain heavily and water remains here and there in the cows’ hoofprints. In the same way, water in the ocean remains here and there in puddles like cows’ hoofprints. When the fifth sun appears there’s not even enough water left in the great ocean for the tip of the toe. So impermanent are conditions … > Pali: Hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena pañcamo sūriyo pātubhavati. Pañcamassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā yojanasatikānipi mahāsamudde udakāni ogacchanti, dviyojanasatikānipi mahāsamudde udakāni ogacchanti, tiyojanasatikānipi, catuyojanasatikānipi, pañcayojanasatikānipi, chayojanasatikānipi, sattayojanasatikānipi mahāsamudde udakāni ogacchanti; sattatālampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, chatālampi, pañcatālampi, catutālampi, titālampi, dvitālampi, tālamattampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti; sattaporisampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti, chaporisampi, pañcaporisampi, catuporisampi, tiporisampi, dviporisampi, porisampi, aḍḍhaporisampi, kaṭimattampi, jaṇṇukāmattampi, gopphakamattampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ saṇṭhāti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, saradasamaye thullaphusitake deve vassante tattha tattha gopadesu udakāni ṭhitāni honti; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tattha tattha gopphakamattāni mahāsamudde udakāni ṭhitāni honti. Pañcamassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā aṅgulipabbamattampi mahāsamudde udakaṁ na hoti. Evaṁ aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā …pe… alaṁ vimuccituṁ. [¶17] There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, a sixth sun appears. When this happens, this great earth and Sineru the king of mountains smoke and smolder and give off fumes. It’s like when a potter’s kiln is first kindled, and it smokes and smolders and gives off fumes. In the same way, this great earth and Sineru the king of mountains smoke and smolder and give off fumes. So impermanent are conditions … > Pali: Hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena chaṭṭho sūriyo pātubhavati. Chaṭṭhassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā dhūmāyanti sandhūmāyanti sampadhūmāyanti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kumbhakārapāko ālepito paṭhamaṁ dhūmeti sandhūmeti sampadhūmeti; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, chaṭṭhassa sūriyassa pātubhāvā ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā dhūmāyanti sandhūmāyanti sampadhūmāyanti. Evaṁ aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā …pe… alaṁ vimuccituṁ. [¶18] There comes a time when, after a very long period has passed, a seventh sun appears. When this happens, this great earth and Sineru the king of mountains erupt in one burning mass of fire. And as they blaze and burn the flames are swept by the wind as far as the realm of divinity. Sineru the king of mountains blazes and burns, crumbling as it’s overcome by the great fire. And meanwhile, mountain peaks a hundred leagues high, or two, three, four, or five hundred leagues high disintegrate as they burn. And when the great earth and Sineru the king of mountains blaze and burn, no soot or ash is found. It’s like when ghee or oil blaze and burn, and neither ashes nor soot are found. In the same way, when the great earth and Sineru the king of mountains blaze and burn, no soot or ash is found. So impermanent are conditions, so unstable are conditions, so unreliable are conditions. This is quite enough for you to become disillusioned, dispassionate, and freed regarding all conditions. > Pali: Hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṁ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena sattamo sūriyo pātubhavati. Sattamassa, bhikkhave, sūriyassa pātubhāvā ayañca mahāpathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā ādippanti pajjalanti ekajālā bhavanti. Imissā ca, bhikkhave, mahāpathaviyā sinerussa ca pabbatarājassa jhāyamānānaṁ dayhamānānaṁ acci vātena khittā yāva brahmalokāpi gacchati. Sinerussa, bhikkhave, pabbatarājassa jhāyamānassa dayhamānassa vinassamānassa mahatā tejokhandhena abhibhūtassa yojanasatikānipi kūṭāni palujjanti dviyojanasatikānipi, tiyojanasatikānipi, catuyojanasatikānipi, pañcayojanasatikānipi kūṭāni palujjanti. Imissā ca, bhikkhave, mahāpathaviyā sinerussa ca pabbatarājassa jhāyamānānaṁ dayhamānānaṁ neva chārikā paññāyati na masi. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa dayhamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati na masi; evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, imissā ca mahāpathaviyā sinerussa ca pabbatarājassa jhāyamānānaṁ dayhamānānaṁ neva chārikā paññāyati na masi. Evaṁ aniccā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; evaṁ adhuvā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; evaṁ anassāsikā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā. Yāvañcidaṁ, bhikkhave, alameva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṁ alaṁ virajjituṁ alaṁ vimuccituṁ. [¶19] Mendicants, who would ever think or believe that this earth and Sineru, king of mountains, will burn and crumble and be no more, except one who has seen the truth? > Pali: Tatra, bhikkhave, ko mantā ko saddhātā: ‘ayañca pathavī sineru ca pabbatarājā dayhissanti vinassissanti, na bhavissantī’ti aññatra diṭṭhapadehi? [¶20] Once upon a time, there was a teacher named Sunetta. He was a religious founder and was free of desire for sensual pleasures. He had many hundreds of disciples. He taught them a Dhamma for rebirth in the company of Divinity. Those who totally understood Sunetta’s teachings were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, the company of Divinity. Of those who didn’t totally understand Sunetta’s teachings, some—when their body broke up, after death—were reborn in the company of the gods who control what is created by others. Some were reborn in the company of the gods who love to create, some with the joyful gods, some with the gods of Yama, some with the gods of the thirty-three, and some with the gods of the four great kings. Some were reborn in the company of well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders. > Pali: Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, sunetto nāma satthā ahosi titthakaro kāmesu vītarāgo. Sunettassa kho pana, bhikkhave, satthuno anekāni sāvakasatāni ahesuṁ. Sunetto, bhikkhave, satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa sabbena sabbaṁ sāsanaṁ ājāniṁsu te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ brahmalokaṁ upapajjiṁsu. Ye na sabbena sabbaṁ sāsanaṁ ājāniṁsu te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā appekacce paranimmitavasavattīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu, appekacce nimmānaratīnaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu, appekacce tusitānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu, appekacce yāmānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu, appekacce tāvatiṁsānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu, appekacce cātumahārājikānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu, appekacce khattiyamahāsālānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu, appekacce brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu, appekacce gahapatimahāsālānaṁ sahabyataṁ upapajjiṁsu. [¶21] Then the teacher Sunetta thought: ‘It’s not proper for me to be reborn in the next life in exactly the same place as my disciples. Why don’t I further develop love?’ > Pali: Atha kho, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno etadahosi: ‘na kho metaṁ patirūpaṁ yohaṁ sāvakānaṁ samasamagatiyo assaṁ abhisamparāyaṁ, yannūnāhaṁ uttari mettaṁ bhāveyyan’ti. [¶22] Then Sunetta developed love for seven years. Having done so he did not return to this world for seven eons of cosmic expansion and contraction. As the cosmos contracted he went to the realm of sublime luminosity. As it expanded he was reborn in an empty mansion of divinity. There he was the Divinity, the Great Divinity, the vanquisher, the unvanquished, the universal seer, the wielder of power. He was Sakka, lord of gods, thirty-six times. Many hundreds of times he was a king, a wheel-turning monarch, a just and principled king. His dominion extended to all four sides, he achieved stability in the country, and he possessed the seven treasures. He had over a thousand sons who were valiant and heroic, crushing the armies of his enemies. After conquering this land girt by sea, he reigned by principle, without rod or sword. Yet even though Sunetta lived so long, he was not free from rebirth, old age, and death, from sorrow, lamentation, pain, sadness, and distress. He was not free from suffering, I say. > Pali: Atha kho, bhikkhave, sunetto satthā satta vassāni mettaṁ cittaṁ bhāvesi. Satta vassāni mettaṁ cittaṁ bhāvetvā satta saṁvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe nayimaṁ lokaṁ punarāgamāsi. Saṁvaṭṭamāne sudaṁ, bhikkhave, loke ābhassarūpago hoti. Vivaṭṭamāne loke suññaṁ brahmavimānaṁ upapajjati. Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, brahmā hoti mahābrahmā abhibhū anabhibhūto aññadatthudaso vasavattī. Chattiṁsakkhattuṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, sakko ahosi devānamindo. Anekasatakkhattuṁ rājā ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janapadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Parosahassaṁ kho panassa puttā ahesuṁ sūrā vīraṅgarūpā parasenappamaddanā. So imaṁ pathaviṁ sāgarapariyantaṁ adaṇḍena asatthena dhammena abhivijiya ajjhāvasi. So hi nāma, bhikkhave, sunetto satthā evaṁ dīghāyuko samāno evaṁ ciraṭṭhitiko aparimutto ahosi: jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, ‘aparimutto dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. [¶23] Why is that? Because of not understanding and not penetrating four things. What four? Noble ethics, immersion, wisdom, and freedom. These noble ethics, immersion, wisdom, and freedom have been understood and penetrated. Craving for continued existence has been cut off; the leash to existence is ended; now there’ll be no more future lives.” > Pali: Taṁ kissa hetu? Catunnaṁ dhammānaṁ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā. Katamesaṁ catunnaṁ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā, ariyassa samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā, ariyāya paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā, ariyāya vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā. Tayidaṁ, bhikkhave, ariyaṁ sīlaṁ anubuddhaṁ paṭividdhaṁ, ariyo samādhi anubodho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubodhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubodhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo”ti. [¶24] That is what the Buddha said. Then the Holy One, the Teacher, went on to say: > Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṁ vatvāna sugato athāparaṁ etadavoca satthā: [¶25] “Ethics, immersion, and wisdom, and the supreme freedom: these things have been understood by Gotama the renowned. > Pali: “Sīlaṁ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā; Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā. [¶26] And so the Buddha, having insight, explained this teaching to the mendicants. The Teacher has made an end of suffering; seeing clearly, he is quenched.” > Pali: Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṁ; Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto”ti. [¶27] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶28] AN 7.67 · The Simile of the Citadel > Pali: AN 7.67 · Nagaropamasutta [¶29] “Mendicants, when a king’s frontier citadel is well provided with seven essentials and gets four kinds of sustenance when needed, without trouble or difficulty, it is then called a king’s frontier citadel that cannot be overrun by external foes and enemies. > Pali: “Yato kho, bhikkhave, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ sattahi nagaraparikkhārehi suparikkhataṁ hoti, catunnañca āhārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ akaraṇīyaṁ bāhirehi paccatthikehi paccāmittehi. [¶30] With what seven essentials is a citadel well provided? > Pali: Katamehi sattahi nagaraparikkhārehi suparikkhataṁ hoti? [¶31] Firstly, a citadel has a pillar with deep foundations, firmly embedded, imperturbable and unshakable. This is the first essential with which a king’s frontier citadel is well provided, to defend those within and repel those outside. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare esikā hoti gambhīranemā sunikhātā acalā asampavedhī. Iminā paṭhamena nagaraparikkhārena suparikkhataṁ hoti rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶32] Furthermore, a citadel has a moat that is deep and wide. This is the second essential … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare parikkhā hoti gambhīrā ceva vitthatā ca. Iminā dutiyena nagaraparikkhārena suparikkhataṁ hoti rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶33] Furthermore, a citadel has a patrol path that is high and wide. This is the third essential … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare anupariyāyapatho hoti ucco ceva vitthato ca. Iminā tatiyena nagaraparikkhārena suparikkhataṁ hoti rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶34] Furthermore, a citadel has stores of many weapons, both projectile and hand-held. This is the fourth essential … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ āvudhaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti salākañceva jevanikañca. Iminā catutthena nagaraparikkhārena suparikkhataṁ hoti rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶35] Furthermore, many kinds of armed forces reside in a citadel, such as elephant marshals, cavalry, charioteers, archers, bannermen, adjutants, food servers, warrior-chiefs, princes, chargers, great warriors, heroes, leather-clad soldiers, and sons of bondservants. This is the fifth essential … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahubalakāyo paṭivasati, seyyathidaṁ— hatthārohā assārohā rathikā dhanuggahā celakā calakā piṇḍadāyakā uggā rājaputtā pakkhandino mahānāgā sūrā cammayodhino dāsakaputtā. Iminā pañcamena nagaraparikkhārena suparikkhataṁ hoti rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶36] Furthermore, a citadel has a gatekeeper who is astute, competent, and intelligent. He keeps strangers out and lets known people in. This is the sixth essential … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare dovāriko hoti paṇḍito byatto medhāvī aññātānaṁ nivāretā ñātānaṁ pavesetā. Iminā chaṭṭhena nagaraparikkhārena suparikkhataṁ hoti rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶37] Furthermore, a citadel has a wall that’s high and wide, covered with plaster. This is the seventh essential with which a king’s frontier citadel is well provided, to defend those within and repel those outside. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare pākāro hoti ucco ceva vitthato ca vāsanalepanasampanno ca. Iminā sattamena nagaraparikkhārena suparikkhataṁ hoti rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶38] With these seven essentials a citadel is well provided. > Pali: Imehi sattahi nagaraparikkhārehi suparikkhataṁ hoti. [¶39] What are the four kinds of sustenance it gets when needed, without trouble or difficulty? > Pali: Katamesaṁ catunnaṁ āhārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī? [¶40] Firstly, a king’s frontier citadel has much hay, wood, and water stored up for the enjoyment, relief, and comfort of those within and to repel those outside. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶41] Furthermore, a king’s frontier citadel has much rice and barley stored up for those within. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ sāliyavakaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶42] Furthermore, a king’s frontier citadel has much food such as sesame, green gram, and black gram stored up for those within. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ tilamuggamāsāparaṇṇaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶43] Furthermore, a king’s frontier citadel has much medicine— ghee, butter, oil, honey, molasses, and salt—stored up for the enjoyment, relief, and comfort of those within and to repel those outside. > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ bhesajjaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti, seyyathidaṁ— sappi navanītaṁ telaṁ madhu phāṇitaṁ loṇaṁ abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. [¶44] These are the four kinds of sustenance it gets when needed, without trouble or difficulty. > Pali: Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ āhārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. [¶45] When a king’s frontier citadel is well provided with seven essentials and gets four kinds of sustenance when needed, without trouble or difficulty, it is then called a king’s frontier citadel that cannot be overrun by external foes and enemies. In the same way, when a noble disciple has seven good qualities, and they get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty, they are then called a noble disciple who cannot be overrun by Māra, who cannot be overrun by the Wicked One. What are the seven good qualities that they possess? > Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ imehi sattahi nagaraparikkhārehi suparikkhataṁ hoti, imesañca catunnaṁ āhārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, rañño paccantimaṁ nagaraṁ akaraṇīyaṁ bāhirehi paccatthikehi paccāmittehi. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yato ariyasāvako sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, catunnañca jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akaraṇīyo mārassa akaraṇīyo pāpimato. Katamehi sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti? [¶46] Just as a king’s frontier citadel has a pillar with deep foundations, firmly embedded, imperturbable and unshakable, to defend those within and repel those outside, in the same way a noble disciple has faith in the Realized One’s awakening: ‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those fit for training, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’ A noble disciple with faith as their pillar gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. This is the first good quality they have. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare esikā hoti gambhīranemā sunikhātā acalā asampavedhī abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṁ ‘itipi so …pe… buddho bhagavā’ti. Saddhesiko, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti; sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti; suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. Iminā paṭhamena saddhammena samannāgato hoti. [¶47] Just as a citadel has a moat that is deep and wide, in the same way a noble disciple has a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about having any bad, unskillful qualities. A noble disciple with a conscience as their moat gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. This is the second good quality they have. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare parikkhā hoti gambhīrā ceva vitthatā ca abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. Hirīparikkho kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti; sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti; suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. Iminā dutiyena saddhammena samannāgato hoti. [¶48] Just as a citadel has a patrol path that is high and wide, in the same way a noble disciple is prudent. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to acquiring any bad, unskillful qualities. A noble disciple with prudence as their patrol path gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. This is the third good quality they have. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare anupariyāyapatho hoti ucco ceva vitthato ca abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ, kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā. Ottappapariyāyapatho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti; sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti; suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. Iminā tatiyena saddhammena samannāgato hoti. [¶49] Just as a citadel has stores of many weapons, both projectile and hand-held, in the same way a noble disciple is very learned. They remember and keep what they’ve learned. These teachings are good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased, describing a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure. They are very learned in such teachings, remembering them, reciting them, mentally scrutinizing them, and penetrating them theoretically. A noble disciple with learning as their weapon gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. This is the fourth good quality they have. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ āvudhaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti salākañceva jevanikañca abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako bahussuto hoti …pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Sutāvudho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti; sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti; suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. Iminā catutthena saddhammena samannāgato hoti. [¶50] Just as many kinds of armed forces reside in a citadel … in the same way a noble disciple is energetic. They live with energy roused up for giving up unskillful qualities and embracing skillful qualities. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful qualities. A noble disciple with energy as their armed forces gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. This is the fifth good quality they have. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahubalakāyo paṭivasati, seyyathidaṁ— hatthārohā assārohā rathikā dhanuggahā celakā calakā piṇḍadāyakā uggā rājaputtā pakkhandino mahānāgā sūrā cammayodhino dāsakaputtā abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Vīriyabalakāyo, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti; sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti; suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. Iminā pañcamena saddhammena samannāgato hoti. [¶51] Just as a citadel has a gatekeeper who is astute, competent, and intelligent, who keeps strangers out and lets known people in, in the same way a noble disciple is mindful. They have utmost mindfulness and alertness, and can remember and recall what was said and done long ago. A noble disciple with mindfulness as their gatekeeper gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. This is the sixth good quality they have. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare dovāriko hoti paṇḍito byatto medhāvī aññātānaṁ nivāretā ñātānaṁ pavesetā abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. Satidovāriko, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti; sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti; suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. Iminā chaṭṭhena saddhammena samannāgato hoti. [¶52] Just as a citadel has a wall that’s high and wide, covered with plaster, to defend those within and repel those outside, in the same way a noble disciple is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering. A noble disciple with wisdom as their wall gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, they give up the blameworthy and develop the blameless, and they keep themselves pure. This is the seventh good quality they have. These are the seven good qualities that they possess. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare pākāro hoti ucco ceva vitthato ca vāsanalepanasampanno ca abbhantarānaṁ guttiyā bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Paññāvāsanalepanasampanno, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṁ pajahati, kusalaṁ bhāveti; sāvajjaṁ pajahati, anavajjaṁ bhāveti; suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati. Iminā sattamena saddhammena samannāgato hoti. Imehi sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti. [¶53] And what are the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—that they get when they want, without trouble or difficulty? Just as a king’s frontier citadel has much hay, wood, and water stored up for the enjoyment, relief, and comfort of those within and to repel those outside, in the same way a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected. This is for their own enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. > Pali: Katamesaṁ catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī? Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ tiṇakaṭṭhodakaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati attano ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. [¶54] Just as a king’s frontier citadel has much rice and barley stored up, in the same way, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a noble disciple enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected. This is for their own enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ sāliyavakaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati attano ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. [¶55] Just as a king’s frontier citadel has much food such as sesame, green gram, and black gram stored up, in the same way with the fading away of rapture, a noble disciple enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, experiencing for themselves the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss.’ This is for their own enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ tilamuggamāsāparaṇṇaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati attano ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. [¶56] Just as a king’s frontier citadel has much medicine— ghee, butter, oil, honey, molasses, and salt—stored up for the enjoyment, relief, and comfort of those within and to repel those outside, in the same way, with the giving up of pleasure and pain and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, a noble disciple enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness. This is for their own enjoyment, relief, and comfort, and for alighting upon extinguishment. These are the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—which they get when they want, without trouble or difficulty. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rañño paccantime nagare bahuṁ bhesajjaṁ sannicitaṁ hoti, seyyathidaṁ— sappi navanītaṁ telaṁ madhu phāṇitaṁ loṇaṁ abbhantarānaṁ ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya bāhirānaṁ paṭighātāya. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṁ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṁ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṁ catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati attano ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. Imesaṁ catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. [¶57] When a noble disciple has seven good qualities, and they get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty, they are then called a noble disciple who cannot be overrun by Māra, who cannot be overrun by the Wicked One.” > Pali: Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imehi sattahi saddhammehi samannāgato hoti, imesañca catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akaraṇīyo mārassa akaraṇīyo pāpimato”ti. [¶58] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶59] AN 7.68 · One Who Knows the Teachings > Pali: AN 7.68 · Dhammaññūsutta [¶60] “A mendicant with seven qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. What seven? It’s when a mendicant knows the teachings, knows the meaning, has self-knowledge, knows moderation, knows the right time, knows assemblies, and knows individuals high and low. > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katamehi sattahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaññū ca hoti atthaññū ca attaññū ca mattaññū ca kālaññū ca parisaññū ca puggalaparoparaññū ca. [¶61] And how is a mendicant one who knows the teachings? It’s when a mendicant knows the teachings: statements, mixed prose & verse, discussions, verses, inspired exclamations, legends, stories of past lives, amazing stories, and elaborations. If a mendicant did not know these teachings, they would not be called ‘one who knows the teachings’. But because they do know these teachings, they are called ‘one who knows the teachings’. Such is the one who knows the teachings. > Pali: Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaññū hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṁ jānāti— suttaṁ geyyaṁ veyyākaraṇaṁ gāthaṁ udānaṁ itivuttakaṁ jātakaṁ abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ. No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṁ jāneyya— suttaṁ geyyaṁ …pe… abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ, nayidha ‘dhammaññū’ti vucceyya. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhammaṁ jānāti— suttaṁ geyyaṁ …pe… abbhutadhammaṁ vedallaṁ, tasmā ‘dhammaññū’ti vuccati. Iti dhammaññū. [¶62] And how are they one who knows the meaning? It’s when a mendicant knows the meaning of this or that statement: ‘This is what that statement means; that is what this statement means.’ If a mendicant did not know the meaning of this or that statement, they would not be called ‘one who knows the meaning’. But because they do know the meaning of this or that statement, they are called ‘one who knows the meaning’. Such is the one who knows the teachings and the one who knows the meaning. > Pali: Atthaññū ca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṁ jānāti: ‘ayaṁ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṁ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti. No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṁ jāneyya: ‘ayaṁ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṁ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti, nayidha ‘atthaññū’ti vucceyya. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṁ jānāti: ‘ayaṁ imassa bhāsitassa attho, ayaṁ imassa bhāsitassa attho’ti, tasmā ‘atthaññū’ti vuccati. Iti dhammaññū, atthaññū. [¶63] And how are they one who has self-knowledge? It’s when a mendicant has self-knowledge: ‘This is the extent of my faith, ethics, learning, generosity, wisdom, and eloquence.’ If a mendicant did not have self-knowledge, they would not be called ‘one who has self-knowledge’. But because they do have self-knowledge, they are called ‘one who has self-knowledge’. Such is the one who knows the teachings, the one who knows the meaning, and the one who has self-knowledge. > Pali: Attaññū ca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attānaṁ jānāti: ‘ettakomhi saddhāya sīlena sutena cāgena paññāya paṭibhānenā’ti. No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attānaṁ jāneyya: ‘ettakomhi saddhāya sīlena sutena cāgena paññāya paṭibhānenā’ti, nayidha ‘attaññū’ti vucceyya. Yasmā ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu attānaṁ jānāti: ‘ettakomhi saddhāya sīlena sutena cāgena paññāya paṭibhānenā’ti, tasmā ‘attaññū’ti vuccati. Iti dhammaññū, atthaññū, attaññū. [¶64] And how are they one who knows moderation? It’s when a mendicant knows moderation when receiving robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick. If a mendicant did not know moderation, they would not be called ‘one who knows moderation’. But because they do know moderation, they are called ‘one who knows moderation’. Such is the one who knows the teachings, the one who knows the meaning, the one who has self-knowledge, and the one who knows moderation. > Pali: Mattaññū ca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mattaṁ jānāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ paṭiggahaṇāya. No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mattaṁ jāneyya cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ paṭiggahaṇāya, nayidha ‘mattaññū’ti vucceyya. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mattaṁ jānāti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṁ paṭiggahaṇāya, tasmā ‘mattaññū’ti vuccati. Iti dhammaññū, atthaññū, attaññū, mattaññū. [¶65] And how are they one who knows the right time? It’s when a mendicant knows the right time: ‘This is the time for recitation; this is the time for questioning; this is the time for meditation; this is the time for retreat.’ If a mendicant did not know the right time, they would not be called ‘one who knows the right time’. But because they do know the right time, they are called ‘one who knows the right time’. Such is the one who knows the teachings, the one who knows the meaning, the one who has self-knowledge, the one who knows moderation, and the one who knows the right time. > Pali: Kālaññū ca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālaṁ jānāti: ‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti. No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālaṁ jāneyya: ‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti, nayidha ‘kālaññū’ti vucceyya. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālaṁ jānāti: ‘ayaṁ kālo uddesassa, ayaṁ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṁ kālo yogassa, ayaṁ kālo paṭisallānassā’ti, tasmā ‘kālaññū’ti vuccati. Iti dhammaññū, atthaññū, attaññū, mattaññū, kālaññū. [¶66] And how are they one who knows assemblies? It’s when a mendicant knows assemblies: ‘This is an assembly of aristocrats, of brahmins, of householders, or of ascetics. This one should be approached in this way. This is how to stand, to act, to sit, to speak, or to stay silent when there.’ If a mendicant did not know assemblies, they would not be called ‘one who knows assemblies’. But because they do know assemblies, they are called ‘one who knows assemblies’. Such is the one who knows the teachings, the one who knows the meaning, the one who has self-knowledge, the one who knows moderation, the one who knows the right time, and the one who knows assemblies. > Pali: Parisaññū ca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parisaṁ jānāti: ‘ayaṁ khattiyaparisā, ayaṁ brāhmaṇaparisā, ayaṁ gahapatiparisā, ayaṁ samaṇaparisā. Tattha evaṁ upasaṅkamitabbaṁ, evaṁ ṭhātabbaṁ, evaṁ kattabbaṁ, evaṁ nisīditabbaṁ, evaṁ bhāsitabbaṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī bhavitabban’ti. No ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parisaṁ jāneyya: ‘ayaṁ khattiyaparisā …pe… evaṁ tuṇhī bhavitabban’ti, nayidha ‘parisaññū’ti vucceyya. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parisaṁ jānāti: ‘ayaṁ khattiyaparisā, ayaṁ brāhmaṇaparisā, ayaṁ gahapatiparisā, ayaṁ samaṇaparisā. Tattha evaṁ upasaṅkamitabbaṁ, evaṁ ṭhātabbaṁ, evaṁ kattabbaṁ, evaṁ nisīditabbaṁ, evaṁ bhāsitabbaṁ, evaṁ tuṇhī bhavitabban’ti, tasmā ‘parisaññū’ti vuccati. Iti dhammaññū, atthaññū, attaññū, mattaññū, kālaññū, parisaññū. [¶67] And how are they one who knows individuals high and low? It’s when a mendicant understands individuals in terms of pairs. Two individuals: one likes to see the noble ones, one does not. The individual who doesn’t like to see the noble ones is reprehensible in that respect. The individual who does like to see the noble ones is praiseworthy in that respect. > Pali: Puggalaparoparaññū ca kathaṁ hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dvayena puggalā viditā honti. Dve puggalā— eko ariyānaṁ dassanakāmo, eko ariyānaṁ na dassanakāmo. Yvāyaṁ puggalo ariyānaṁ na dassanakāmo, evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Yvāyaṁ puggalo ariyānaṁ dassanakāmo, evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso. [¶68] Two individuals like to see the noble ones: one likes to hear the true teaching, one does not. The individual who doesn’t like to hear the true teaching is reprehensible in that respect. The individual who does like to hear the true teaching is praiseworthy in that respect. > Pali: Dve puggalā ariyānaṁ dassanakāmā— eko saddhammaṁ sotukāmo, eko saddhammaṁ na sotukāmo. Yvāyaṁ puggalo saddhammaṁ na sotukāmo, evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Yvāyaṁ puggalo saddhammaṁ sotukāmo, evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso. [¶69] Two individuals like to hear the true teaching: one actively listens to the teaching, one does not. The individual who doesn’t actively listen to the teaching is reprehensible in that respect. The individual who does actively listen to the teaching is praiseworthy in that respect. > Pali: Dve puggalā saddhammaṁ sotukāmā— eko ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti, eko anohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti. Yvāyaṁ puggalo anohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti, evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Yvāyaṁ puggalo ohitasoto dhammaṁ suṇāti, evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso. [¶70] Two individuals actively listen to the teaching: one remembers the teaching they’ve heard, one does not. The individual who doesn’t remember the teaching they’ve heard is reprehensible in that respect. The individual who does remember the teaching they’ve heard is praiseworthy in that respect. > Pali: Dve puggalā ohitasotā dhammaṁ suṇanti— eko sutvā dhammaṁ dhāreti, eko sutvā dhammaṁ na dhāreti. Yvāyaṁ puggalo sutvā na dhammaṁ dhāreti, evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Yvāyaṁ puggalo sutvā dhammaṁ dhāreti, evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso. [¶71] Two individuals remember the teaching they’ve heard: one examines the meaning of the teachings they have remembered, one does not. The individual who does not examine the meaning of the teachings they have remembered is reprehensible in that respect. The individual who does examine the meaning of the teachings they have remembered is praiseworthy in that respect. > Pali: Dve puggalā sutvā dhammaṁ dhārenti— eko dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati, eko dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ na upaparikkhati. Yvāyaṁ puggalo dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ na upaparikkhati, evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Yvāyaṁ puggalo dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhati, evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso. [¶72] Two individuals examine the meaning of the teachings they have remembered: one understands the meaning and the teaching and practicesin line with the teaching, one understands the meaning and the teaching but does not practice in line with the teaching. The individual who understands the meaning and the teaching but does not practice in line with the principle of the teaching is reprehensible in that respect. The individual who understands the meaning and the teaching and practices in line with the principle of the teaching is praiseworthy in that respect. > Pali: Dve puggalā dhātānaṁ dhammānaṁ atthaṁ upaparikkhanti— eko atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno, eko atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno. Yvāyaṁ puggalo atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya na dhammānudhammappaṭipanno, evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Yvāyaṁ puggalo atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno, evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso. [¶73] Two individuals understand the meaning and the teaching and practice in line with the teaching: one practices to benefit themselves but not others, and one practices to benefit both themselves and others. The individual who practices to benefit themselves but not others is reprehensible in that respect. The individual who practices to benefit both themselves and others is praiseworthy in that respect. > Pali: Dve puggalā atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipannā— eko attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, eko attahitāya ca paṭipanno parahitāya ca. Yvāyaṁ puggalo attahitāya paṭipanno no parahitāya, evaṁ so tenaṅgena gārayho. Yvāyaṁ puggalo attahitāya ca paṭipanno parahitāya ca, evaṁ so tenaṅgena pāsaṁso. [¶74] That’s how a mendicant understands individuals in terms of pairs. > Pali: Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno dvayena puggalā viditā honti. [¶75] That’s how a mendicant is one who knows individuals high and low. A mendicant with these seven qualities is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of veneration with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.” > Pali: Evaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu puggalaparoparaññū hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. [¶76] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. ## 10. The Great Chapter · AN 7.69–7.71 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/10/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/10/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.69 · The Shady Orchid Tree > Pali: AN 7.69 · Pāricchattakasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, when the leaves on the Shady Orchid Tree belonging to the gods of the thirty-three turn brown, the gods are elated. They think: ‘Now the leaves on the Shady Orchid Tree have turned brown! It won’t be long until they fall.’ > Pali: “Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro paṇḍupalāso hoti, attamanā, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṁsā tasmiṁ samaye honti: ‘paṇḍupalāso dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni pannapalāso bhavissatī’ti. [¶2] When the leaves have fallen, the gods are elated. They think: ‘Now the leaves on the Shady Orchid Tree have fallen. It won’t be long until its foliage starts to regrow.’ > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro pannapalāso hoti, attamanā, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṁsā tasmiṁ samaye honti: ‘pannapalāso dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni jālakajāto bhavissatī’ti. [¶3] When the foliage starts to regrow, the gods are elated. They think: ‘Now the foliage of the Shady Orchid Tree has started to regrow. It won’t be long until it’s ready to grow flowers and leaves separately.’ > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro jālakajāto hoti, attamanā, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṁsā tasmiṁ samaye honti: ‘jālakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni khārakajāto bhavissatī’ti. [¶4] When it’s ready to grow flowers and leaves separately, the gods are elated. They think: ‘Now the Shady Orchid Tree is ready to grow flowers and leaves separately. It won’t be long until buds start to form.’ > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro khārakajāto hoti, attamanā, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṁsā tasmiṁ samaye honti: ‘khārakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni kuṭumalakajāto bhavissatī’ti. [¶5] When the buds start to form, the gods are elated. They think: ‘Now the buds of the Shady Orchid Tree have started to form. It won’t be long until the buds burst.’ > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro kuṭumalakajāto hoti, attamanā, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṁsā tasmiṁ samaye honti: ‘kuṭumalakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni korakajāto bhavissatī’ti. [¶6] When the buds have burst, the gods are elated. They think: ‘Now the buds of the Shady Orchid Tree have burst. It won’t be long until it fully blossoms.’ > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro korakajāto hoti, attamanā, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṁsā tasmiṁ samaye honti: ‘korakajāto dāni pāricchattako koviḷāro nacirasseva dāni sabbaphāliphullo bhavissatī’ti. [¶7] When the Shady Orchid Tree of the gods of the thirty-three has fully blossomed, the gods are elated. For four heavenly months they amused themselves at the root of the tree, supplied and provided with the five kinds of sensual stimulation. When the Shady Orchid Tree has fully blossomed, its radiance spreads for fifty leagues, while its fragrance wafts for a hundred leagues. Such is the majesty of the Shady Orchid Tree. > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye devānaṁ tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro sabbaphāliphullo hoti, attamanā, bhikkhave, devā tāvatiṁsā pāricchattakassa koviḷārassa mūle dibbe cattāro māse pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitā samaṅgībhūtā paricārenti. Sabbaphāliphullassa kho pana, bhikkhave, pāricchattakassa koviḷārassa samantā paññāsayojanāni ābhāya phuṭaṁ hoti, anuvātaṁ yojanasataṁ gandho gacchati, ayamānubhāvo pāricchattakassa koviḷārassa. [¶8] In the same way, when a noble disciple plans to go forth from the lay life to homelessness, they’re like the Shady Orchid Tree when its leaves turn brown. > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ samaye ariyasāvako agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajjāya ceteti, paṇḍupalāso, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tasmiṁ samaye hoti devānaṁva tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro. [¶9] When a noble disciple shaves off their hair and beard, dresses in ocher robes, and goes forth from the lay life to homelessness, they’re like the Shady Orchid Tree when its leaves fall. > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako kesamassuṁ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito hoti, pannapalāso, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tasmiṁ samaye hoti devānaṁva tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro. [¶10] When a noble disciple, quite secluded from sensual pleasures, secluded from unskillful qualities, enters and remains in the first absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of seclusion, while placing the mind and keeping it connected, they’re like the Shady Orchid Tree when its foliage starts to regrow. > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako vivicceva kāmehi …pe… paṭhamaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, jālakajāto, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tasmiṁ samaye hoti devānaṁva tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro. [¶11] When, as the placing of the mind and keeping it connected are stilled, a noble disciple enters and remains in the second absorption, which has the rapture and bliss born of immersion, with internal clarity and mind at one, without placing the mind and keeping it connected, they’re like the Shady Orchid Tree when it’s ready to grow flowers and leaves separately. > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako vitakkavicārānaṁ vūpasamā …pe… dutiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, khārakajāto, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tasmiṁ samaye hoti devānaṁva tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro. [¶12] When, with the fading away of rapture, a noble disciple enters and remains in the third absorption, where they meditate with equanimity, mindful and aware, experiencing for themselves the bliss of which the noble ones declare, ‘Equanimous and mindful, one meditates in bliss’, they’re like the Shady Orchid Tree when its buds start to form. > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako pītiyā ca virāgā …pe… tatiyaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, kuṭumalakajāto, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tasmiṁ samaye hoti devānaṁva tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro. [¶13] When, with the giving up of pleasure and pain and the disappearance of former happiness and sadness, a noble disciple enters and remains in the fourth absorption, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimity and mindfulness, they’re like the Shady Orchid Tree when its buds burst. > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā …pe… catutthaṁ jhānaṁ upasampajja viharati, korakajāto, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tasmiṁ samaye hoti devānaṁva tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro. [¶14] When a noble disciple realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements, they’re like the Shady Orchid Tree when it fully blossoms. > Pali: Yasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye ariyasāvako āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati, sabbaphāliphullo, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako tasmiṁ samaye hoti devānaṁva tāvatiṁsānaṁ pāricchattako koviḷāro. [¶15] At that time the earth gods raise the cry: ‘This venerable named so-and-so, from such-and-such village or town, the protégé of the venerable named so-and-so, went forth from the lay life to homelessness. They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.’ > Pali: Tasmiṁ, bhikkhave, samaye bhummā devā saddamanussāventi: ‘eso itthannāmo āyasmā itthannāmassa āyasmato saddhivihāriko amukamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. [¶16] Hearing the cry of the earth gods, the gods of the four great kings … the gods of the thirty-three … the gods of Yama … the joyful gods … the gods who love to create … the gods who control what is created by others … the gods of the Divinity’s host raise the cry: ‘This venerable named so-and-so, from such-and-such village or town, the protégé of the venerable named so-and-so, went forth from the lay life to homelessness. They’ve realized the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements.’ And so at that moment, that hour, the cry soars up to the realm of divinity. Such is the majesty of a mendicant who has ended the defilements.” > Pali: Bhummānaṁ devānaṁ saddaṁ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā …pe… tāvatiṁsā devā … yāmā devā … tusitā devā … nimmānaratī devā … paranimmitavasavattī devā … brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāventi: ‘eso itthannāmo āyasmā itthannāmassa āyasmato saddhivihāriko amukamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharatī’ti. Itiha tena khaṇena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchati, ayamānubhāvo khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno”ti. [¶17] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶18] AN 7.70 · Honor > Pali: AN 7.70 · Sakkaccasutta [¶19] Then as Venerable Sāriputta was in private retreat this thought came to his mind, “What should a mendicant honor and respect and rely on, to give up the unskillful and develop the skillful?” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: “kiṁ nu kho, bhikkhu, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanto akusalaṁ pajaheyya, kusalaṁ bhāveyyā”ti? [¶20] Then he thought, “A mendicant should honor and respect and rely on the Teacher … the teaching … the Saṅgha … the training … immersion … diligence … A mendicant should honor and respect and rely on hospitality, to give up the unskillful and develop the skillful.” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi: “satthāraṁ kho, bhikkhu, sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanto akusalaṁ pajaheyya, kusalaṁ bhāveyya. Dhammaṁ kho, bhikkhu …pe… saṅghaṁ kho, bhikkhu …pe… sikkhaṁ kho, bhikkhu …pe… samādhiṁ kho, bhikkhu …pe… appamādaṁ kho, bhikkhu …pe… paṭisanthāraṁ kho, bhikkhu sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanto akusalaṁ pajaheyya, kusalaṁ bhāveyyā”ti. [¶21] Then he thought, “These qualities are pure and bright in me. Why don’t I go and tell them to the Buddha? Then these qualities will not only be purified in me, but will be better known as purified. Suppose a man were to acquire a gold ingot, pure and bright. They’d think, ‘My gold ingot is pure and bright. Why don’t I take it to show the smiths? Then it will not only be purified, but will be better known as purified.’ In the same way, these qualities are pure and bright in me. Why don’t I go and tell them to the Buddha? Then these qualities will not only be purified in me, but will be better known as purified.” > Pali: Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi: “ime kho me dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ. Evaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā ceva bhavissanti parisuddhasaṅkhātatarā ca. Seyyathāpi nāma puriso suvaṇṇanikkhaṁ adhigaccheyya parisuddhaṁ pariyodātaṁ. Tassa evamassa: ‘ayaṁ kho me suvaṇṇanikkho parisuddho pariyodāto, yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ suvaṇṇanikkhaṁ gantvā kammārānaṁ dasseyyaṁ. Evaṁ me ayaṁ suvaṇṇanikkho sakammāragato parisuddho ceva bhavissati parisuddhasaṅkhātataro ca. Evamevaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ. Evaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā ceva bhavissanti parisuddhasaṅkhātatarā cā’”ti. [¶22] Then in the late afternoon, Sāriputta came out of retreat and went to the Buddha. He bowed, sat down to one side, and told the Buddha of his thoughts while on retreat. > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶23] > Pali: “Idha mayhaṁ, bhante, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṁ cetaso parivitakko udapādi: ‘kiṁ nu kho bhikkhu sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanto akusalaṁ pajaheyya, kusalaṁ bhāveyyā’ti? Atha kho tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, etadahosi: ‘satthāraṁ kho bhikkhu sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanto akusalaṁ pajaheyya, kusalaṁ bhāveyya. Dhammaṁ kho bhikkhu …pe… paṭisanthāraṁ kho bhikkhu sakkatvā …pe… kusalaṁ bhāveyyā’ti. Atha kho tassa mayhaṁ, bhante, etadahosi: ‘ime kho me dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ. Evaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā ceva bhavissanti parisuddhasaṅkhātatarā ca. Seyyathāpi nāma puriso suvaṇṇanikkhaṁ adhigaccheyya parisuddhaṁ pariyodātaṁ. Tassa evamassa— ayaṁ kho me suvaṇṇanikkho parisuddho pariyodāto, yannūnāhaṁ imaṁ suvaṇṇanikkhaṁ gantvā kammārānaṁ dasseyyaṁ. Evaṁ me ayaṁ suvaṇṇanikkho sakammāragato parisuddho ceva bhavissati parisuddhasaṅkhātataro ca. Evamevaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā pariyodātā, yannūnāhaṁ ime dhamme gantvā bhagavato āroceyyaṁ. Evaṁ me ime dhammā parisuddhā ceva bhavissanti parisuddhasaṅkhātatarā cā’”ti. [¶24] “Good, good, Sāriputta! A mendicant should honor and respect and rely on the Teacher, to give up the unskillful and develop the skillful. A mendicant should honor and respect and rely on the teaching … the Saṅgha … the training … immersion … diligence … A mendicant should honor and respect and rely on hospitality, to give up the unskillful and develop the skillful.” > Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta. Satthāraṁ kho, sāriputta, bhikkhu sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanto akusalaṁ pajaheyya, kusalaṁ bhāveyya. Dhammaṁ kho, sāriputta, bhikkhu sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanto akusalaṁ pajaheyya, kusalaṁ bhāveyya. Saṅghaṁ kho …pe… sikkhaṁ kho … samādhiṁ kho … appamādaṁ kho … paṭisanthāraṁ kho, sāriputta, bhikkhu sakkatvā garuṁ katvā upanissāya viharanto akusalaṁ pajaheyya, kusalaṁ bhāveyyā”ti. [¶25] When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to the Buddha: > Pali: Evaṁ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶26] “Sir, this is how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement. It is quite impossible for a mendicant who doesn’t respect the Teacher to respect the teaching. A mendicant who disrespects the Teacher disrespects the teaching. > Pali: “imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmi. So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme sagāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhammepi so agāravo. [¶27] It is quite impossible for a mendicant who doesn’t respect the Teacher and the teaching to respect the Saṅgha. A mendicant who disrespects the Teacher and the teaching disrespects the Saṅgha. > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe sagāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghepi so agāravo. [¶28] It is quite impossible for a mendicant who doesn’t respect the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha to respect the training. A mendicant who disrespects the Teacher, the teaching, and the Saṅgha disrespects the training. > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya sagāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāyapi so agāravo. [¶29] It is quite impossible for a mendicant who doesn’t respect the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, and the training to respect immersion. A mendicant who disrespects the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, and the training disrespects immersion. > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya agāravo samādhismiṁ sagāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya agāravo samādhismimpi so agāravo. [¶30] It is quite impossible for a mendicant who doesn’t respect the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, and immersion to respect diligence. A mendicant who disrespects the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, and immersion disrespects diligence. > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya agāravo samādhismiṁ agāravo appamāde sagāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya agāravo samādhismiṁ agāravo appamādepi so agāravo. [¶31] It is quite impossible for a mendicant who doesn’t respect the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, and diligence to respect hospitality. A mendicant who disrespects the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, and diligence disrespects hospitality. > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya agāravo samādhismiṁ agāravo appamāde agāravo paṭisanthāre sagāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari agāravo …pe… appamāde agāravo paṭisanthārepi so agāravo. [¶32] It is quite impossible for a mendicant who does respect the Teacher to disrespect the teaching. … > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhamme agāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhammepi so sagāravo …pe…. [¶33] A mendicant who respects the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, and diligence respects hospitality. > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo …pe… appamāde sagāravo paṭisanthāre agāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo …pe… appamāde sagāravo paṭisanthārepi so sagāravo. [¶34] It’s quite possible for a mendicant who respects the Teacher to respect the teaching. … > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhammepi sagāravo bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhammepi so sagāravo …pe…. [¶35] A mendicant who respects the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, and diligence respects hospitality. > Pali: So vata, bhante, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo …pe… appamāde sagāravo paṭisanthārepi sagāravo bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. Yo so, bhante, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhamme sagāravo saṅghe sagāravo sikkhāya sagāravo samādhismiṁ sagāravo appamāde sagāravo paṭisanthārepi so sagāravoti. [¶36] That’s how I understand the detailed meaning of the Buddha’s brief statement.” > Pali: Imassa kho ahaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāmī”ti. [¶37] “Good, good, Sāriputta! It’s good that you understand the detailed meaning of what I’ve said in brief like this. > Pali: “Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta. Sādhu kho tvaṁ, sāriputta, imassa mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena atthaṁ ājānāsi. [¶38] It is quite impossible for a mendicant who doesn’t respect the Teacher to respect the teaching. … > Pali: So vata, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme sagāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati …pe… yo so, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya agāravo samādhismiṁ agāravo appamādepi so agāravo. [¶39] A mendicant who disrespects the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, and diligence disrespects hospitality. > Pali: So vata, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya agāravo samādhismiṁ agāravo appamāde agāravo paṭisanthāre sagāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari agāravo dhamme agāravo saṅghe agāravo sikkhāya agāravo samādhismiṁ agāravo appamāde agāravo paṭisanthārepi so agāravo. [¶40] It is quite impossible for a mendicant who does respect the Teacher to disrespect the teaching. … > Pali: So vata, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhamme agāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati …pe… yo so, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhammepi so sagāravo …pe…. [¶41] A mendicant who respects the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, and diligence respects hospitality. > Pali: So vata, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhamme sagāravo …pe… appamāde sagāravo paṭisanthāre agāravo bhavissatīti netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati. Yo so, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo …pe… appamāde sagāravo paṭisanthārepi so sagāravo. [¶42] It’s quite possible for a mendicant who does respect the Teacher to respect the teaching. … > Pali: So vata, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhammepi sagāravo bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. Yo so, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo dhammepi so sagāravo …pe…. [¶43] A mendicant who respects the Teacher, the teaching, the Saṅgha, the training, immersion, and diligence respects hospitality. > Pali: So vata, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo …pe… appamāde sagāravo paṭisanthārepi so sagāravo bhavissatīti ṭhānametaṁ vijjati. Yo so, sāriputta, bhikkhu satthari sagāravo …pe… appamāde sagāravo paṭisanthārepi so sagāravoti. [¶44] This is how to see the detailed meaning of what I said in brief.” > Pali: Imassa kho, sāriputta, mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṁ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo”ti. [¶45] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶46] AN 7.71 · Committed to Development > Pali: AN 7.71 · Bhāvanāsutta [¶47] “Mendicants, when a mendicant is not committed to development, they might wish: ‘If only my mind were freed from the defilements by not grasping!’ Even so, their mind is not freed from defilements by not grasping. Why is that? You should say: ‘It’s because they’re undeveloped.’ Undeveloped in what? The four kinds of mindfulness meditation, the four right efforts, the four bases of psychic power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven awakening factors, and the noble eightfold path. > Pali: “Bhāvanaṁ ananuyuttassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya: ‘aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimucceyyā’ti, atha khvassa neva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccati. Taṁ kissa hetu? ‘Abhāvitattā’tissa vacanīyaṁ. Kissa abhāvitattā? Catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ, catunnaṁ sammappadhānānaṁ, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ, pañcannaṁ balānaṁ, sattannaṁ bojjhaṅgānaṁ, ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa. [¶48] Suppose there was a chicken with eight or ten or twelve eggs. But she had not properly sat on them to keep them warm and incubated. Even if that chicken might wish: ‘If only my chicks could break out of the eggshell with their claws and beak and hatch safely!’ Still they can’t break out and hatch safely. Why is that? Because she has not properly sat on them to keep them warm and incubated. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā. Tānassu kukkuṭiyā na sammā adhisayitāni, na sammā pariseditāni, na sammā paribhāvitāni. Kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyā evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya: ‘aho vata me kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṁ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyyun’ti, atha kho abhabbāva te kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṁ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathā hi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni na sammā adhisayitāni, na sammā pariseditāni, na sammā paribhāvitāni. [¶49] In the same way, when a mendicant is not committed to development, they might wish: ‘If only my mind were freed from the defilements by not grasping!’ Even so, their mind is not freed from defilements by not grasping. Why is that? You should say: ‘It’s because they’re undeveloped.’ Undeveloped in what? The four kinds of mindfulness meditation, the four right efforts, the four bases of psychic power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven awakening factors, and the noble eightfold path. > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhāvanaṁ ananuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya: ‘aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimucceyyā’ti, atha khvassa neva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccati. Taṁ kissa hetu? ‘Abhāvitattā’tissa vacanīyaṁ. Kissa abhāvitattā? Catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ, catunnaṁ sammappadhānānaṁ, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ, pañcannaṁ balānaṁ, sattannaṁ bojjhaṅgānaṁ, ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa. [¶50] When a mendicant is committed to development, they might not wish: ‘If only my mind were freed from the defilements by not grasping!’ Even so, their mind is freed from defilements by not grasping. Why is that? You should say: ‘It’s because they are developed.’ Developed in what? The four kinds of mindfulness meditation, the four right efforts, the four bases of psychic power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven awakening factors, and the noble eightfold path. > Pali: Bhāvanaṁ anuyuttassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya: ‘aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimucceyyā’ti, atha khvassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccati. Taṁ kissa hetu? ‘Bhāvitattā’tissa vacanīyaṁ. Kissa bhāvitattā? Catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ, catunnaṁ sammappadhānānaṁ, catunnaṁ iddhipādānaṁ, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ, pañcannaṁ balānaṁ, sattannaṁ bojjhaṅgānaṁ, ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa. [¶51] Suppose there was a chicken with eight or ten or twelve eggs. And she properly sat on them to keep them warm and incubated. Even if that chicken doesn’t wish: ‘If only my chicks could break out of the eggshell with their claws and beak and hatch safely!’ Still they can break out and hatch safely. Why is that? Because she properly sat on them to keep them warm and incubated. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā. Tānassu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni, sammā pariseditāni, sammā paribhāvitāni. Kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyā na evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya: ‘aho vata me kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṁ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyyun’ti, atha kho bhabbāva te kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṁ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjituṁ. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tathā hi, bhikkhave, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni sammā adhisayitāni, sammā pariseditāni, sammā paribhāvitāni. [¶52] In the same way, when a mendicant is committed to development, they might not wish: ‘If only my mind were freed from the defilements by not grasping!’ Even so, their mind is freed from defilements by not grasping. Why is that? You should say: ‘It’s because they are developed.’ Developed in what? The four kinds of mindfulness meditation, the four right efforts, the four bases of psychic power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven awakening factors, and the noble eightfold path. > Pali: Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhāvanaṁ anuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evaṁ icchā uppajjeyya: ‘aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimucceyyā’ti, atha khvassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṁ vimuccati. Taṁ kissa hetu? ‘Bhāvitattā’tissa vacanīyaṁ. Kissa bhāvitattā? Catunnaṁ satipaṭṭhānānaṁ …pe… ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa. [¶53] Suppose a mason or their apprentice sees the marks of his fingers and thumb on the handle of his adze. They don’t know how much of the handle was worn away today, how much yesterday, and how much previously. They just know what has been worn away. In the same way, when a mendicant is committed to development, they don’t know how much of the defilements were worn away today, how much yesterday, and how much previously. They just know what has been worn away. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, phalagaṇḍassa vā phalagaṇḍantevāsikassa vā dissanteva vāsijaṭe aṅgulipadāni dissati aṅguṭṭhapadaṁ. No ca khvassa evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘ettakaṁ me ajja vāsijaṭassa khīṇaṁ, ettakaṁ hiyyo, ettakaṁ pare’ti, atha khvassa khīṇe ‘khīṇan’teva ñāṇaṁ hoti. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhāvanaṁ anuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evaṁ ñāṇaṁ hoti: ‘ettakaṁ me ajja āsavānaṁ khīṇaṁ, ettakaṁ hiyyo, ettakaṁ pare’ti, atha khvassa khīṇe ‘khīṇan’teva ñāṇaṁ hoti. [¶54] Suppose there was a sea-faring ship bound together with ropes. For six months they deteriorated in the water. Then in the cold season it was hauled up on dry land, where the ropes were weathered by wind and sun. When the monsoon clouds soaked it with rain, the ropes would readily collapse and rot away. In the same way, when a mendicant is committed to development their fetters readily collapse and rot away.” > Pali: Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sāmuddikāya nāvāya vettabandhanabaddhāya cha māsāni udake pariyādāya hemantikena thale ukkhittāya vātātapaparetāni bandhanāni, tāni pāvussakena meghena abhippavuṭṭhāni appakasireneva parihāyanti, pūtikāni bhavanti. Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhāvanaṁ anuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato appakasireneva saṁyojanāni paṭippassambhanti, pūtikāni bhavantī”ti. [¶55] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. ## 11. The Great Chapter · AN 7.72–7.74 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/11/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/11/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.72 · The Simile of the Great Mass of Fire > Pali: AN 7.72 · Aggikkhandhopamasutta [¶1] So I have heard. At one time the Buddha was wandering in the land of the Kosalans together with a large Saṅgha of mendicants. > Pali: Evaṁ me sutaṁ— ekaṁ samayaṁ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṁ carati mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṁ. [¶2] While walking along the road, at a certain spot he saw a great mass of fire burning, blazing, and glowing. Seeing this he left the road, sat at the root of a tree on a seat spread out, and addressed the mendicants: “Mendicants, do you see that great mass of fire burning, blazing, and glowing?” > Pali: Addasā kho bhagavā addhānamaggappaṭipanno aññatarasmiṁ padese mahantaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ. Disvāna maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṁ rukkhamūle paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi: “passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, amuṁ mahantaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtan”ti? [¶3] “Yes, sir.” > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”ti. [¶4] “What do you think, mendicants? Which is better—to sit or lie down embracing that great mass of fire? Or to sit or lie down embracing a girl of the aristocrats or brahmins or householders with soft and tender hands and feet?” > Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave? katamaṁ nu kho varaṁ—yaṁ amuṁ mahantaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ āliṅgetvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, yaṁ vā khattiyakaññaṁ vā brāhmaṇakaññaṁ vā gahapatikaññaṁ vā mudutalunahatthapādaṁ āliṅgetvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā”ti? [¶5] “Sir, it would be much better to sit or lie down embracing a girl of the aristocrats or brahmins or householders with soft and tender hands and feet. For it would be painful to sit or lie down embracing that great mass of fire.” > Pali: “Etadeva, bhante, varaṁ—yaṁ khattiyakaññaṁ vā brāhmaṇakaññaṁ vā gahapatikaññaṁ vā mudutalunahatthapādaṁ āliṅgetvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, dukkhañhetaṁ, bhante, yaṁ amuṁ mahantaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ āliṅgetvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā”ti. [¶6] “I declare this to you, mendicants, I announce this to you! It would be better for that unethical man—of bad qualities, filthy, with suspicious behavior, underhand, no true ascetic or spiritual practitioner, though claiming to be one, rotten inside, festering, and depraved—to sit or lie down embracing that great mass of fire. Why is that? Because that might result in death or deadly pain. But when his body breaks up, after death, it would not cause him to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: “Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave, yathā etadeva tassa varaṁ dussīlassa pāpadhammassa asucisaṅkassarasamācārassa paṭicchannakammantassa assamaṇassa samaṇapaṭiññassa abrahmacārissa brahmacāripaṭiññassa antopūtikassa avassutassa kasambujātassa yaṁ amuṁ mahantaṁ aggikkhandhaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ āliṅgetvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tatonidānañhi so, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. [¶7] But when such an unethical man sits or lies down embracing a girl of the aristocrats or brahmins or householders with soft and tender hands and feet, that brings him lasting harm and suffering. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: Yañca kho so, bhikkhave, dussīlo pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro …pe… kasambujāto khattiyakaññaṁ vā brāhmaṇakaññaṁ vā gahapatikaññaṁ vā mudutalunahatthapādaṁ āliṅgetvā upanisīdati vā upanipajjati vā, tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. [¶8] What do you think, mendicants? Which is better—to have a strong man twist a strong horse-hair rope around both shins and tighten it so that it cuts through your outer skin, your inner skin, your flesh, sinews, and bones, until it reaches your marrow and keeps pressing? Or to consent to well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders bowing down to you?” > Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho varaṁ—yaṁ balavā puriso daḷhāya vālarajjuyā ubho jaṅghā veṭhetvā ghaṁseyya—sā chaviṁ chindeyya chaviṁ chetvā cammaṁ chindeyya cammaṁ chetvā maṁsaṁ chindeyya maṁsaṁ chetvā nhāruṁ chindeyya nhāruṁ chetvā aṭṭhiṁ chindeyya aṭṭhiṁ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṁ āhacca tiṭṭheyya, yaṁ vā khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā abhivādanaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti? [¶9] “Sir, it would be much better to consent to well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders bowing down. For it would be painful to have a strong man twist a strong horse-hair rope around your shins and tighten it so that it cut through the outer skin until it reached the marrow and kept pressing.” > Pali: “Etadeva, bhante, varaṁ—yaṁ khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā abhivādanaṁ sādiyeyya, dukkhañhetaṁ, bhante, yaṁ balavā puriso daḷhāya vālarajjuyā …pe… aṭṭhimiñjaṁ āhacca tiṭṭheyyā”ti. [¶10] “I declare this to you, mendicants, I announce this to you! It would be better for that unethical man to have a strong man twist a strong horse-hair rope around both shins and tighten it until it reached the marrow and kept pressing. Why is that? Because that might result in death or deadly pain. But when his body breaks up, after death, it would not cause him to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. But when such an unethical man consents to well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders bowing down, that brings him lasting harm and suffering. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave, yathā etadeva tassa varaṁ dussīlassa …pe… kasambujātassa yaṁ balavā puriso daḷhāya vālarajjuyā ubho jaṅghā veṭhetvā …pe… aṭṭhimiñjaṁ āhacca tiṭṭheyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tatonidānañhi so, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. Yañca kho so, bhikkhave, dussīlo …pe… kasambujāto khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā abhivādanaṁ sādiyati, tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. [¶11] What do you think, mendicants? Which is better—to have a strong man stab you in the chest with a sharp, oiled sword? Or to consent to well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders revering you with cupped palms?” > Pali: “Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho varaṁ—yaṁ balavā puriso tiṇhāya sattiyā teladhotāya paccorasmiṁ pahareyya, yaṁ vā khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā añjalikammaṁ sādiyeyyā”ti? [¶12] “Sir, it would be much better to consent to well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders revering you with cupped palms. For it would be painful to have a strong man stab you in the chest with a sharp, oiled sword.” > Pali: “Etadeva, bhante, varaṁ—yaṁ khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā añjalikammaṁ sādiyeyya, dukkhañhetaṁ, bhante, yaṁ balavā puriso tiṇhāya sattiyā teladhotāya paccorasmiṁ pahareyyā”ti. [¶13] “I declare this to you, mendicants, I announce this to you! It would be better for that unethical man to have a strong man stab him in the chest with a sharp, oiled sword. Why is that? Because that might result in death or deadly pain. But when his body breaks up, after death, it would not cause him to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. But when such an unethical man consents to well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders revering him with cupped palms, that brings him lasting harm and suffering. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: “Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave, yathā etadeva tassa varaṁ dussīlassa …pe… kasambujātassa yaṁ balavā puriso tiṇhāya sattiyā teladhotāya paccorasmiṁ pahareyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tatonidānañhi so, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. Yañca kho so, bhikkhave, dussīlo pāpadhammo …pe… kasambujāto khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā añjalikammaṁ sādiyati, tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. [¶14] What do you think, mendicants? Which is better—to have a strong man wrap you up in a red-hot sheet of iron, burning, blazing, and glowing? Or to enjoy the use of a robe given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders?” > Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho varaṁ—yaṁ balavā puriso tattena ayopaṭṭena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena kāyaṁ sampaliveṭheyya, yaṁ vā khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ cīvaraṁ paribhuñjeyyā”ti? [¶15] “Sir, it would be much better to enjoy the use of a robe given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders. For it would be painful to have a strong man wrap you up in a red-hot sheet of iron, burning, blazing, and glowing.” > Pali: “Etadeva, bhante, varaṁ—yaṁ khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā …pe… saddhādeyyaṁ cīvaraṁ paribhuñjeyya, dukkhañhetaṁ, bhante, yaṁ balavā puriso tattena ayopaṭṭena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena kāyaṁ sampaliveṭheyyā”ti. [¶16] “I declare this to you, mendicants, I announce this to you! It would be better for that unethical man to have a strong man wrap him up in a red-hot sheet of iron, burning, blazing, and glowing. Why is that? Because that might result in death or deadly pain. But when his body breaks up, after death, it would not cause him to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. But when such an unethical man enjoys the use of a robe given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders, that brings him lasting harm and suffering. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: “Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave, yathā etadeva tassa varaṁ dussīlassa …pe… kasambujātassa yaṁ balavā puriso tattena ayopaṭṭena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena kāyaṁ sampaliveṭheyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tatonidānañhi so, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. Yañca kho so, bhikkhave, dussīlo …pe… kasambujāto khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ cīvaraṁ paribhuñjati, tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. [¶17] What do you think, mendicants? Which is better—to have a strong man force your mouth open with a hot iron spike and shove in a red-hot copper ball, burning, blazing, and glowing, that burns your lips, mouth, tongue, throat, and stomach before coming out below dragging your entrails? Or to enjoy almsfood given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders?” > Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho varaṁ—yaṁ balavā puriso tattena ayosaṅkunā mukhaṁ vivaritvā tattaṁ lohaguḷaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ mukhe pakkhipeyya—taṁ tassa oṭṭhampi daheyya mukhampi daheyya jivhampi daheyya kaṇṭhampi daheyya urampi daheyya antampi antaguṇampi ādāya adhobhāgā nikkhameyya, yaṁ vā khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjeyyā”ti? [¶18] “Sir, it would be much better to enjoy almsfood given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders. For it would be painful to have a strong man force your mouth open with a hot iron spike and shove in a red-hot copper ball, burning, blazing, and glowing, that burns your lips, mouth, tongue, throat, and stomach before coming out below dragging your entrails.” > Pali: “Etadeva, bhante, varaṁ—yaṁ khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjeyya, dukkhañhetaṁ, bhante, yaṁ balavā puriso tattena ayosaṅkunā mukhaṁ vivaritvā tattaṁ lohaguḷaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ mukhe pakkhipeyya—taṁ tassa oṭṭhampi daheyya mukhampi daheyya jivhampi daheyya kaṇṭhampi daheyya urampi daheyya antampi antaguṇampi ādāya adhobhāgaṁ nikkhameyyā”ti. [¶19] “I declare this to you, mendicants, I announce this to you! It would be better for that unethical man to have a strong man force his mouth open with a hot iron spike and shove in a red-hot copper ball, burning, blazing, and glowing, that burns his lips, mouth, tongue, throat, and stomach before coming out below with his entrails. Why is that? Because that might result in death or deadly pain. But when his body breaks up, after death, it would not cause him to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. But when such an unethical man enjoys almsfood given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders, that brings him lasting harm and suffering. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: “Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave, yathā etadeva tassa varaṁ dussīlassa …pe… kasambujātassa yaṁ balavā puriso tattena ayosaṅkunā mukhaṁ vivaritvā tattaṁ lohaguḷaṁ ādittaṁ sampajjalitaṁ sajotibhūtaṁ mukhe pakkhipeyya—taṁ tassa oṭṭhampi daheyya mukhampi daheyya jivhampi daheyya kaṇṭhampi daheyya urampi daheyya antampi antaguṇampi ādāya adhobhāgaṁ nikkhameyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tatonidānañhi so, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. Yañca kho so, bhikkhave, dussīlo pāpadhammo …pe… kasambujāto khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ piṇḍapātaṁ paribhuñjati, tañhi tassa hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. [¶20] What do you think, mendicants? Which is better—to have a strong man grab you by the head or shoulders and make you sit or lie down on red-hot iron bed or seat? Or to enjoy the use of beds and chairs given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders?” > Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho varaṁ—yaṁ balavā puriso sīse vā gahetvā khandhe vā gahetvā tattaṁ ayomañcaṁ vā ayopīṭhaṁ vā abhinisīdāpeyya vā abhinipajjāpeyya vā, yaṁ vā khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ mañcapīṭhaṁ paribhuñjeyyā”ti? [¶21] “Sir, it would be much better to enjoy the use of beds and chairs given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders. For it would be painful to have a strong man grab you by the head or shoulders and make you sit or lie down on a red-hot iron bed or seat.” > Pali: “Etadeva, bhante, varaṁ—yaṁ khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ mañcapīṭhaṁ paribhuñjeyya, dukkhañhetaṁ, bhante, yaṁ balavā puriso sīse vā gahetvā khandhe vā gahetvā tattaṁ ayomañcaṁ vā ayopīṭhaṁ vā abhinisīdāpeyya vā abhinipajjāpeyya vā”ti. [¶22] “I declare this to you, mendicants, I announce this to you! It would be better for that unethical man to have a strong man grab him by the head or shoulders and make him sit or lie down on a red-hot iron bed or seat. Why is that? Because that might result in death or deadly pain. But when his body breaks up, after death, it would not cause him to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. But when such an unethical man enjoys the use of beds and seats given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders, that brings him lasting harm and suffering. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: “Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave, yathā etadeva tassa varaṁ dussīlassa …pe… kasambujātassa yaṁ balavā puriso sīse vā gahetvā khandhe vā gahetvā tattaṁ ayomañcaṁ vā ayopīṭhaṁ vā abhinisīdāpeyya vā abhinipajjāpeyya vā. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tatonidānañhi so, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. Yañca kho so, bhikkhave, dussīlo pāpadhammo …pe… kasambujāto khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ mañcapīṭhaṁ paribhuñjati. Tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. [¶23] What do you think, mendicants? Which is better—to have a strong man grab you, turn you upside down, and shove you in a red-hot copper pot, burning, blazing, and glowing, where you’re seared in boiling scum, and swept up and down and round and round. Or to enjoy the use of dwellings given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders?” > Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṁ nu kho varaṁ—yaṁ balavā puriso uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkhipeyya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya—so tattha pheṇuddehakaṁ paccamāno sakimpi uddhaṁ gaccheyya sakimpi adho gaccheyya sakimpi tiriyaṁ gaccheyya, yaṁ vā khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ vihāraṁ paribhuñjeyyā”ti? [¶24] “Sir, it would be much better to enjoy the use of dwellings given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders. For it would be painful to have a strong man grab you, turn you upside down, and shove you in a red-hot copper pot, burning, blazing, and glowing, where you’re seared in boiling scum, and swept up and down and round and round.” > Pali: “Etadeva, bhante, varaṁ—yaṁ khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ vihāraṁ paribhuñjeyya, dukkhañhetaṁ, bhante, yaṁ balavā puriso uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkhipeyya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya—so tattha pheṇuddehakaṁ paccamāno sakimpi uddhaṁ gaccheyya sakimpi adho gaccheyya sakimpi tiriyaṁ gaccheyyā”ti. [¶25] “I declare this to you, mendicants, I announce this to you! It would be better for that unethical man to have a strong man grab him, turn him upside down, and shove him in a red-hot copper pot, burning, blazing, and glowing, where he’s seared in boiling scum, and swept up and down and round and round. Why is that? Because that might result in death or deadly pain. But when his body breaks up, after death, it would not cause him to be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. But when such an unethical man enjoys the use of dwellings given in faith by well-to-do aristocrats or brahmins or householders, that brings him lasting harm and suffering. When his body breaks up, after death, he’s reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. > Pali: “Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave, yathā etadeva tassa varaṁ dussīlassa pāpadhammassa …pe… kasambujātassa yaṁ balavā puriso uddhampādaṁ adhosiraṁ gahetvā …pe… sakimpi tiriyaṁ gaccheyya. Taṁ kissa hetu? Tatonidānañhi so, bhikkhave, maraṇaṁ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṁ vā dukkhaṁ, na tveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. Yañca kho so, bhikkhave, dussīlo pāpadhammo …pe… kasambujāto khattiyamahāsālānaṁ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṁ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṁ vā saddhādeyyaṁ vihāraṁ paribhuñjati. Tañhi tassa, bhikkhave, hoti dīgharattaṁ ahitāya dukkhāya kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjati. [¶26] So you should train like this: ‘The services of those whose robes, almsfood, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick we enjoy shall be very fruitful and beneficial for them. And our going forth will not be barren, but will be fruitful and fertile.’ That’s how you should train. Considering what is good for yourself, mendicants, is quite enough for you to persist with diligence. Considering what is good for others is quite enough for you to persist with diligence. Considering what is good for both is quite enough for you to persist with diligence.” > Pali: Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘yesañca mayaṁ paribhuñjāma cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṁ tesaṁ te kārā mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṁsā, amhākañcevāyaṁ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘attatthaṁ vā, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva appamādena sampādetuṁ; paratthaṁ vā, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva appamādena sampādetuṁ; ubhayatthaṁ vā, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva appamādena sampādetun’”ti. [¶27] That is what the Buddha said. And while this discourse was being spoken, sixty monks spewed hot blood from their mouths. Sixty mendicants resigned the training and returned to a lesser life, saying: > Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṁ bhaññamāne saṭṭhimattānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ uṇhaṁ lohitaṁ mukhato uggañchi. Saṭṭhimattā bhikkhū sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattiṁsu: [¶28] “It’s too hard, Blessed One! It’s just too hard!” And sixty monks were freed from defilements by not grasping. > Pali: “sudukkaraṁ bhagavā, sudukkaraṁ bhagavā”ti. Saṭṭhimattānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṁsūti. [¶29] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶30] AN 7.73 · About Sunetta > Pali: AN 7.73 · Sunettasutta [¶31] “Once upon a time, mendicants, there was a teacher named Sunetta. He was a religious founder and was free of desire for sensual pleasures. He had many hundreds of disciples. He taught them a Dhamma for rebirth in the company of Divinity. Those lacking confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. Those full of confidence in Sunetta were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. > Pali: “Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, sunetto nāma satthā ahosi titthakaro kāmesu vītarāgo. Sunettassa kho pana, bhikkhave, satthuno anekāni sāvakasatāni ahesuṁ. Sunetto satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni nappasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, sunettassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni pasādesuṁ te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjiṁsu. [¶32] Once upon a time, there was a teacher named Mūgapakkha … Aranemi … Kuddālaka … Hatthipāla … Jotipāla … Araka. He was a religious founder and was free of desire for sensual pleasures. He had many hundreds of disciples. He taught them a Dhamma for rebirth in the company of Divinity. Those lacking confidence in Araka were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. Those full of confidence in Araka were—when their body broke up, after death—reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm. > Pali: Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, mūgapakkho nāma satthā ahosi …pe… aranemi nāma satthā ahosi …pe… kuddālako nāma satthā ahosi …pe… hatthipālo nāma satthā ahosi …pe… jotipālo nāma satthā ahosi …pe… arako nāma satthā ahosi titthakaro kāmesu vītarāgo. Arakassa kho pana, bhikkhave, satthuno anekāni sāvakasatāni ahesuṁ. Arako nāma satthā sāvakānaṁ brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desesi. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, arakassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni nappasādesuṁ, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjiṁsu. Ye kho pana, bhikkhave, arakassa satthuno brahmalokasahabyatāya dhammaṁ desentassa cittāni pasādesuṁ, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjiṁsu. [¶33] What do you think, mendicants? If someone with malicious intent were to abuse and insult these seven teachers with their hundreds of followers, would they not brim with much wickedness?” > Pali: Taṁ kiṁ maññatha, bhikkhave, yo ime satta satthāre titthakare kāmesu vītarāge anekasataparivāre sasāvakasaṅghe paduṭṭhacitto akkoseyya paribhāseyya, bahuṁ so apuññaṁ pasaveyyā”ti? [¶34] “Yes, sir.” > Pali: “Evaṁ, bhante”. [¶35] “They would indeed. But someone who abuses and insults a single individual accomplished in view with malicious intent brims even more with wickedness. Why is that? I say that any injury done by those outside of the Buddhist community does not compare with what is done to one’s own spiritual companions. > Pali: “Yo, bhikkhave, ime satta satthāre titthakare kāmesu vītarāge anekasataparivāre sasāvakasaṅghe paduṭṭhacitto akkoseyya paribhāseyya, bahuṁ so apuññaṁ pasaveyya. Yo ekaṁ diṭṭhisampannaṁ puggalaṁ paduṭṭhacitto akkosati paribhāsati, ayaṁ tato bahutaraṁ apuññaṁ pasavati. Taṁ kissa hetu? Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ito bahiddhā evarūpiṁ khantiṁ vadāmi yathāmaṁ sabrahmacārīsu. [¶36] So you should train like this: ‘We will have no malicious intent for our spiritual companions.’ That’s how you should train.” > Pali: Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṁ sikkhitabbaṁ: ‘na no sabrahmacārīsu cittāni paduṭṭhāni bhavissantī’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban”ti. [¶37] > Pali: Navamaṁ. [¶38] AN 7.74 · About Araka > Pali: AN 7.74 · Arakasutta [¶39] “Once upon a time, mendicants, there was a teacher named Araka. He was a religious founder and was free of desire for sensual pleasures. He had many hundreds of disciples, and he taught them like this: ‘Brahmins, life as a human is short, brief, and fleeting, full of suffering and distress. Be thoughtful and wake up! Do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no one born can escape death. > Pali: “Bhūtapubbaṁ, bhikkhave, arako nāma satthā ahosi titthakaro kāmesu vītarāgo. Arakassa kho pana, bhikkhave, satthuno anekāni sāvakasatāni ahesuṁ. Arako satthā sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ deseti: ‘appakaṁ, brāhmaṇa, jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. [¶40] It’s like a drop of dew on a grass tip. When the sun comes up it vanishes right away and doesn’t last long. In the same way, life as a human is like a dewdrop. It’s brief and fleeting, full of suffering and distress. Be thoughtful and wake up! Do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no one born can escape death. > Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, tiṇagge ussāvabindu sūriye uggacchante khippaṁyeva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, ussāvabindūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. [¶41] It’s like when the heavens rain heavily. The bubbles vanish right away and don’t last long. In the same way, life as a human is like a bubble. … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, thullaphusitake deve vassante udakabubbuḷaṁ khippaṁyeva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikaṁ hoti; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, udakabubbuḷūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. [¶42] It’s like a line drawn in water. It vanishes right away and doesn’t last long. In the same way, life as a human is like a line drawn in water. … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, udake daṇḍarāji khippaṁyeva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, udake daṇḍarājūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ …pe… natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. [¶43] It’s like a mountain river traveling far, flowing fast, carrying all before it. It doesn’t turn back—not for a moment, a second, an hour—but runs, rolls, and flows on. In the same way, life as a human is like a mountain river. … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī, natthi so khaṇo vā layo vā muhutto vā yaṁ sā āvattati, atha kho sā gacchateva vattateva sandateva; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, nadīpabbateyyūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ …pe… natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. [¶44] It’s like a strong man who has formed a glob of spit on the tip of his tongue. He could easily spit it out. In the same way, life as a human is like a glob of spit. … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, balavā puriso jivhagge kheḷapiṇḍaṁ saṁyūhitvā akasireneva vameyya; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, kheḷapiṇḍūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ …pe… natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. [¶45] Suppose there was an iron cauldron that had been heated all day. If you tossed a scrap of meat in, it would vanish right away and not last long. In the same way, life as a human is like a scrap of meat. … > Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, divasaṁsantatte ayokaṭāhe maṁsapesi pakkhittā khippaṁyeva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, maṁsapesūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ …pe… natthi jātassa amaraṇaṁ. [¶46] It’s like a cow being led to the slaughterhouse. With every step she comes closer to the slaughter, closer to death. In the same way, life as a human is like a cow being slaughtered. It’s brief and fleeting, full of suffering and distress. Be thoughtful and wake up! Do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no one born can escape death.’ > Pali: Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, gāvī vajjhā āghātanaṁ nīyamānā yaṁ yadeva pādaṁ uddharati, santikeva hoti vadhassa santikeva maraṇassa; evamevaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, govajjhūpamaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇan’ti. [¶47] Now, mendicants, at that time human beings had a lifespan of 60,000 years. Girls could be married at 500 years of age. And human beings only had six afflictions: cold, heat, hunger, thirst, and the need to defecate and urinate. But even though humans were so long-lived with so few afflictions, Araka still taught in this way: ‘Life as a human is short, brief, and fleeting, full of suffering and distress. Be thoughtful and wake up! Do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no one born can escape death.’ > Pali: Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena manussānaṁ saṭṭhivassasahassāni āyuppamāṇaṁ ahosi, pañcavassasatikā kumārikā alaṁpateyyā ahosi. Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena manussānaṁ chaḷeva ābādhā ahesuṁ— sītaṁ, uṇhaṁ, jighacchā, pipāsā, uccāro, passāvo. So hi nāma, bhikkhave, arako satthā evaṁ dīghāyukesu manussesu evaṁ ciraṭṭhitikesu evaṁ appābādhesu sāvakānaṁ evaṁ dhammaṁ desessati: ‘appakaṁ, brāhmaṇa, jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇan’ti. [¶48] These days it’d be right to say: ‘Life as a human is short, brief, and fleeting, full of suffering and distress. Be thoughtful and wake up! Do what’s good and lead the spiritual life, for no one born can escape death.’ For these days a long life is a hundred years or a little more. Living for a hundred years, there are just three hundred seasons, a hundred each of the winter, summer, and rains. Living for three hundred seasons, there are just twelve hundred months, four hundred in each of the winter, summer, and rains. Living for twelve hundred months, there are just twenty-four hundred fortnights, eight hundred in each of the winter, summer, and rains. Living for 2,400 fortnights, there are just 36,000 days, 12,000 in each of the summer, winter, and rains. Living for 36,000 days, you just eat 72,000 meals, 24,000 in each of the summer, winter, and rains, including when you’re suckling at the breast, and when you’re prevented from eating. > Pali: Etarahi taṁ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya: ‘appakaṁ jīvitaṁ manussānaṁ parittaṁ lahukaṁ bahudukkhaṁ bahupāyāsaṁ mantāyaṁ boddhabbaṁ, kattabbaṁ kusalaṁ, caritabbaṁ brahmacariyaṁ, natthi jātassa amaraṇan’ti. Etarahi, bhikkhave, yo ciraṁ jīvati so vassasataṁ appaṁ vā bhiyyo. Vassasataṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, jīvanto tīṇiyeva utusatāni jīvati— utusataṁ hemantānaṁ, utusataṁ gimhānaṁ, utusataṁ vassānaṁ. Tīṇi kho pana, bhikkhave, utusatāni jīvanto dvādasayeva māsasatāni jīvati— cattāri māsasatāni hemantānaṁ, cattāri māsasatāni gimhānaṁ, cattāri māsasatāni vassānaṁ. Dvādasa kho pana, bhikkhave, māsasatāni jīvanto catuvīsatiyeva addhamāsasatāni jīvati— aṭṭhaddhamāsasatāni hemantānaṁ, aṭṭhaddhamāsasatāni gimhānaṁ, aṭṭhaddhamāsasatāni vassānaṁ. Catuvīsati kho pana, bhikkhave, addhamāsasatāni jīvanto chattiṁsaṁyeva rattisahassāni jīvati— dvādasa rattisahassāni hemantānaṁ, dvādasa rattisahassāni gimhānaṁ, dvādasa rattisahassāni vassānaṁ. Chattiṁsaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, rattisahassāni jīvanto dvesattatiyeva bhattasahassāni bhuñjati— catuvīsati bhattasahassāni hemantānaṁ, catuvīsati bhattasahassāni gimhānaṁ, catuvīsati bhattasahassāni vassānaṁ saddhiṁ mātuthaññāya saddhiṁ bhattantarāyena. [¶49] Things that prevent you from eating include anger, pain, sickness, sabbath, or being unable to get food. So mendicants, for a human being with a hundred years lifespan I have counted the lifespan, the limit of the lifespan, the seasons, the years, the months, the fortnights, the nights, the days, the meals, and the things that prevent them from eating. Out of sympathy, I’ve done what a teacher should do who wants what’s best for their disciples. Here are these roots of trees, and here are these empty huts. Practice absorption, mendicants! Don’t be negligent! Don’t regret it later! This is my instruction to you.” > Pali: Tatrime bhattantarāyā kapimiddhopi bhattaṁ na bhuñjati, dukkhitopi bhattaṁ na bhuñjati, byādhitopi bhattaṁ na bhuñjati, uposathikopi bhattaṁ na bhuñjati, alābhakenapi bhattaṁ na bhuñjati. Iti kho, bhikkhave, mayā vassasatāyukassa manussassa āyupi saṅkhāto, āyuppamāṇampi saṅkhātaṁ, utūpi saṅkhātā, saṁvaccharāpi saṅkhātā, māsāpi saṅkhātā, addhamāsāpi saṅkhātā, rattipi saṅkhātā, divāpi saṅkhātā, bhattāpi saṅkhātā, bhattantarāyāpi saṅkhātā. Yaṁ, bhikkhave, satthārā karaṇīyaṁ sāvakānaṁ hitesinā anukampakena anukampaṁ upādāya; kataṁ vo taṁ mayā etāni, bhikkhave, rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni. Jhāyatha, bhikkhave, mā pamādattha; mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha. Ayaṁ vo amhākaṁ anusāsanī”ti. [¶50] > Pali: Dasamaṁ. [¶51] > Pali: Mahāvaggo sattamo. [¶52] > Pali: Tassuddānaṁ [¶53] > Pali: Hirīsūriyaṁ upamā, dhammaññū pārichattakaṁ; Sakkaccaṁ bhāvanā aggi, sunettaarakena cāti. ## 12. The Monastic Law · AN 7.75–7.83 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/12/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/12/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.75 · An Expert in the Monastic Law (1st) > Pali: AN 7.75 · Paṭhamavinayadharasutta [¶1] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities is an expert in the monastic law. What seven? They know what is an offense. They know what is not an offense. They know what is a light offense. They know what is a serious offense. They’re ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places. Seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. They get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these seven qualities is an expert in the monastic law.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hoti. Katamehi sattahi? Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sīlavā hoti pātimokkhasaṁvarasaṁvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hotī”ti. [¶2] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶3] AN 7.76 · An Expert in the Monastic Law (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.76 · Dutiyavinayadharasutta [¶4] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities is an expert in the monastic law. What seven? They know what is an offense. They know what is not an offense. They know what is a light offense. They know what is a heavy offense. Both monastic codes have been passed down to them in detail, well analyzed, well mastered, well evaluated in both the rules and accompanying material. They get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these seven qualities is an expert in the monastic law.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hoti. Katamehi sattahi? Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hotī”ti. [¶5] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶6] AN 7.77 · An Expert in the Monastic Law (3rd) > Pali: AN 7.77 · Tatiyavinayadharasutta [¶7] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities is an expert in the monastic law. What seven? They know what is an offense. They know what is not an offense. They know what is a light offense. They know what is a heavy offense. They’re firm and unfaltering in the training. They get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in this life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these seven qualities is an expert in the monastic law.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hoti. Katamehi sattahi? Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, vinaye kho pana ṭhito hoti asaṁhīro, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hotī”ti. [¶8] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶9] AN 7.78 · An Expert in the Monastic Law (4th) > Pali: AN 7.78 · Catutthavinayadharasutta [¶10] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities is an expert in the monastic law. What seven? They know what is an offense. They know what is not an offense. They know what is a light offense. They know what is a heavy offense. They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these seven qualities is an expert in the monastic law.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hoti. Katamehi sattahi? Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati. Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu vinayadharo hotī”ti. [¶11] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶12] AN 7.79 · Shines as an Expert in the Monastic Law (1st) > Pali: AN 7.79 · Paṭhamavinayadharasobhanasutta [¶13] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law. What seven? They know what is an offense. They know what is not an offense. They know what is a light offense. They know what is a heavy offense. They’re ethical, restrained in the monastic code, conducting themselves well and resorting for alms in suitable places; seeing danger in the slightest fault, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken. They get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in the present life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati. Katamehi sattahi? Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, sīlavā hoti …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ ābhicetasikānaṁ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhatī”ti. [¶14] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶15] AN 7.80 · Shines as an Expert in the Monastic Law (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.80 · Dutiyavinayadharasobhanasutta [¶16] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law. What seven? They know what is an offense. They know what is not an offense. They know what is a light offense. They know what is a heavy offense. Both monastic codes have been passed down to them in detail, well analyzed, well mastered, well evaluated in both the rules and accompanying material. They get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in the present life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati. Katamehi sattahi? Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ …pe… akasiralābhī, āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhatī”ti. [¶17] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶18] AN 7.81 · Shines as an Expert in the Monastic Law (3rd) > Pali: AN 7.81 · Tatiyavinayadharasobhanasutta [¶19] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law. What seven? They know what is an offense. They know what is not an offense. They know what is a light offense. They know what is a serious offense. They’re firm and unfaltering in the training. They get the four absorptions—blissful meditations in the present life that belong to the higher mind—when they want, without trouble or difficulty. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati. Katamehi sattahi? Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, vinaye kho pana ṭhito hoti asaṁhīro, catunnaṁ jhānānaṁ …pe… akasiralābhī, āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhatī”ti. [¶20] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶21] AN 7.82 · Shines as an Expert in the Monastic Law (4th) > Pali: AN 7.82 · Catutthavinayadharasobhanasutta [¶22] “Mendicants, a mendicant with seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law. What seven? They know what is an offense. They know what is not an offense. They know what is a light offense. They know what is a heavy offense. They recollect their many kinds of past lives, with features and details. With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they understand how sentient beings pass on according to their deeds. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom, and live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. A mendicant with these seven qualities shines as an expert in the monastic law.” > Pali: “Sattahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhati. Katamehi sattahi? Āpattiṁ jānāti, anāpattiṁ jānāti, lahukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, garukaṁ āpattiṁ jānāti, anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, seyyathidaṁ—ekampi jātiṁ, dvepi jātiyo …pe… iti sākāraṁ sauddesaṁ anekavihitaṁ pubbenivāsaṁ anussarati, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena …pe… āsavānaṁ khayā …pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi dhammehi samannāgato vinayadharo sobhatī”ti. [¶23] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶24] AN 7.83 · The Teacher’s Instructions > Pali: AN 7.83 · Satthusāsanasutta [¶25] Then Venerable Upāli went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him: > Pali: Atha kho āyasmā upāli yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā upāli bhagavantaṁ etadavoca: [¶26] “Sir, may the Buddha please teach me Dhamma in brief. When I’ve heard it, I’ll live alone, withdrawn, diligent, keen, and resolute.” > Pali: “Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṁ desetu, yamahaṁ bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyan”ti. [¶27] “Upāli, you might know that certain things don’t lead solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. Categorically, you should remember these things as not the teaching, not the training, and not the Teacher’s instructions. You might know that certain things do lead solely to disillusionment, dispassion, cessation, peace, insight, awakening, and extinguishment. Categorically, you should remember these things as the teaching, the training, and the Teacher’s instructions.” > Pali: “Ye kho tvaṁ, upāli, dhamme jāneyyāsi: ‘ime dhammā na ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattantī’ti; ekaṁsena, upāli, dhāreyyāsi: ‘neso dhammo neso vinayo netaṁ satthusāsanan’ti. Ye ca kho tvaṁ, upāli, dhamme jāneyyāsi: ‘ime dhammā ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattantī’ti; ekaṁsena, upāli, dhāreyyāsi: ‘eso dhammo eso vinayo etaṁ satthusāsanan’”ti. [¶28] > Pali: Navamaṁ. ## 13. An Ascetic · AN 7.85–7.93 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/13/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/13/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.85 · A Mendicant > Pali: AN 7.85 · Bhikkhusutta [¶1] “Mendicants, it’s because of breaking seven things that you become a mendicant. What seven? Substantialist view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, greed, hate, delusion, and conceit. It’s because of breaking these seven things that you become a mendicant.” > Pali: “Sattannaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṁ bhinnattā bhikkhu hoti. Katamesaṁ sattannaṁ? Sakkāyadiṭṭhi bhinnā hoti, vicikicchā bhinnā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso bhinno hoti, rāgo bhinno hoti, doso bhinno hoti, moho bhinno hoti, māno bhinno hoti. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sattannaṁ dhammānaṁ bhinnattā bhikkhu hotī”ti. [¶2] > Pali: Paṭhamaṁ. [¶3] AN 7.86 · An Ascetic > Pali: AN 7.86 · Samaṇasutta [¶4] “Mendicants, it’s because of quelling seven things that you become an ascetic …” > Pali: “Sattannaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṁ samitattā samaṇo hoti …pe…. [¶5] > Pali: Dutiyaṁ. [¶6] AN 7.87 · A Brahmin > Pali: AN 7.87 · Brāhmaṇasutta [¶7] “Mendicants, it’s because of barring out seven things that you become a brahmin …” > Pali: “… Bāhitattā brāhmaṇo hoti …pe…. [¶8] > Pali: Tatiyaṁ. [¶9] AN 7.88 · A Scholar > Pali: AN 7.88 · Sottiyasutta [¶10] “Mendicants, it’s because of scouring off seven things that you become a scholar …” > Pali: “… Nissutattā sottiyo hoti …pe…. [¶11] > Pali: Catutthaṁ. [¶12] AN 7.89 · A Bathed Initiate > Pali: AN 7.89 · Nhātakasutta [¶13] “Mendicants, it’s because of bathing off seven things that you become a bathed initiate …” > Pali: “… Nhātattā nhātako hoti …pe…. [¶14] > Pali: Pañcamaṁ. [¶15] AN 7.90 · A Knowledge Master > Pali: AN 7.90 · Vedagūsutta [¶16] “Mendicants, it’s because of knowing seven things that you become a knowledge master …” > Pali: “… Viditattā vedagū hoti …pe…. [¶17] > Pali: Chaṭṭhaṁ. [¶18] AN 7.91 · A Noble One > Pali: AN 7.91 · Ariyasutta [¶19] “Mendicants, it’s because seven foes have been nobbled that you become a noble one …” > Pali: “… Ārakattā ariyo hoti …pe…. [¶20] > Pali: Sattamaṁ. [¶21] AN 7.92 · A Perfected One > Pali: AN 7.92 · Arahāsutta [¶22] “Mendicants, it’s by being impeccably remote from seven things that you become a perfected one. What seven? Substantialist view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, greed, hate, delusion, and conceit. It’s because of being impeccably remote from these seven things that you become a perfected one.” > Pali: “Ārakattā arahā hoti. Katamesaṁ sattannaṁ? Sakkāyadiṭṭhi ārakā hoti, vicikicchā ārakā hoti, sīlabbataparāmāso ārako hoti, rāgo ārako hoti, doso ārako hoti, moho ārako hoti, māno ārako hoti. Imesaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sattannaṁ dhammānaṁ ārakattā arahā hotī”ti. [¶23] > Pali: Aṭṭhamaṁ. [¶24] AN 7.93 · Bad Qualities > Pali: AN 7.93 · Asaddhammasutta [¶25] “Mendicants, there are these seven bad qualities. What seven? Someone is faithless, shameless, imprudent, unlearned, lazy, unmindful, and witless. These are the seven bad qualities.” > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, asaddhammā. Katame satta? Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, appassuto hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, duppañño hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta asaddhammā”ti. [¶26] > Pali: Navamaṁ. ## 14. Worthy of Offerings · AN 7.95–7.96–614 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/14/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/14/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.95 · Observing Impermanence in the Eye > Pali: AN 7.95 · ~ [¶1] “Mendicants, these seven individuals are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world. What seven? > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā …pe… dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katame satta? [¶2] First, take an individual who meditates observing impermanence in the eye. They perceive impermanence and experience impermanence. Constantly, continually, and without interruption, they apply the mind and fathom with wisdom. They realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom. And they live having realized it with their own insight in this very life due to the ending of defilements. This is the first individual who is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world. > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṁ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. So āsavānaṁ khayā anāsavaṁ cetovimuttiṁ paññāvimuttiṁ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ayaṁ kho, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puggalo āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶3] Next, take an individual who meditates observing impermanence in the eye. … Their defilements and their life come to an end at exactly the same time. This is the second individual who is worthy of offerings … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṁ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. Tassa apubbaṁ acarimaṁ āsavapariyādānañca hoti jīvitapariyādānañca. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶4] Next, take an individual who meditates observing impermanence in the eye. … With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished between one life and the next. … > Pali: Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, idhekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṁ aniccānupassī viharati aniccasaññī aniccapaṭisaṁvedī satataṁ samitaṁ abbokiṇṇaṁ cetasā adhimuccamāno paññāya pariyogāhamāno. So pañcannaṁ orambhāgiyānaṁ saṁyojanānaṁ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶5] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished upon landing. … > Pali: upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶6] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished without extra effort. … > Pali: asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶7] With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished with extra effort. … > Pali: sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti …pe… [¶8] With the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm. … This is the seventh individual. > Pali: uddhaṁsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī. Ayaṁ, bhikkhave, sattamo puggalo āhuneyyo …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. [¶9] These are the seven individuals who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a religious donation, worthy of greeting with cupped palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.” > Pali: Ime kho, bhikkhave, satta puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassā”ti. [¶10] AN 7.96–614 · Observing Suffering in the Eye, Etc. > Pali: AN 7.96–614 · ~ [¶11] “Mendicants, these seven individuals are worthy of offerings … What seven? > Pali: “Sattime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā …pe… anuttaraṁ puññakkhettaṁ lokassa. Katame satta? [¶12] First, take an individual who meditates observing suffering in the eye. … observing not-self in the eye. … observing ending in the eye. … observing vanishing in the eye. … observing fading away in the eye. … observing cessation in the eye. … observing letting go in the eye. … > Pali: Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo cakkhusmiṁ dukkhānupassī viharati …pe… cakkhusmiṁ anattānupassī viharati …pe… cakkhusmiṁ khayānupassī viharati …pe… cakkhusmiṁ vayānupassī viharati …pe… cakkhusmiṁ virāgānupassī viharati …pe… cakkhusmiṁ nirodhānupassī viharati …pe… cakkhusmiṁ paṭinissaggānupassī viharati …pe…. [¶13] … ear … nose … tongue … body … mind … > Pali: Sotasmiṁ …pe… ghānasmiṁ … jivhāya … kāyasmiṁ … manasmiṁ …pe…. [¶14] … sights … sounds … smells … tastes … touches … ideas … > Pali: Rūpesu …pe… saddesu … gandhesu … rasesu … phoṭṭhabbesu … dhammesu …pe…. [¶15] … eye consciousness … ear consciousness … nose consciousness … tongue consciousness … body consciousness … mind consciousness … > Pali: Cakkhuviññāṇe …pe… sotaviññāṇe … ghānaviññāṇe … jivhāviññāṇe … kāyaviññāṇe … manoviññāṇe …pe…. [¶16] … eye contact … ear contact … nose contact … tongue contact … body contact … mind contact … > Pali: Cakkhusamphasse …pe… sotasamphasse … ghānasamphasse … jivhāsamphasse … kāyasamphasse … manosamphasse …pe…. [¶17] … feeling born of eye contact … feeling born of ear contact … feeling born of nose contact … feeling born of tongue contact … feeling born of body contact … feeling born of mind contact … > Pali: Cakkhusamphassajāya vedanāya …pe… sotasamphassajāya vedanāya … ghānasamphassajāya vedanāya … jivhāsamphassajāya vedanāya … kāyasamphassajāya vedanāya … manosamphassajāya vedanāya …pe…. [¶18] perception of sights … perception of sounds … perception of smells … perception of tastes … perception of touches … perception of ideas … > Pali: Rūpasaññāya …pe… saddasaññāya … gandhasaññāya … rasasaññāya … phoṭṭhabbasaññāya … dhammasaññāya …pe…. [¶19] … intention regarding sights … intention regarding sounds … intention regarding smells … intention regarding tastes … intention regarding touches … intention regarding ideas … > Pali: Rūpasañcetanāya …pe… saddasañcetanāya … gandhasañcetanāya … rasasañcetanāya … phoṭṭhabbasañcetanāya … dhammasañcetanāya …pe…. [¶20] … craving for sights … craving for sounds … craving for smells … craving for tastes … craving for touches … craving for ideas … > Pali: Rūpataṇhāya …pe… saddataṇhāya … gandhataṇhāya … rasataṇhāya … phoṭṭhabbataṇhāya … dhammataṇhāya …pe…. [¶21] … thoughts about sights … thoughts about sounds … thoughts about smells … thoughts about tastes … thoughts about touches … thoughts about ideas … > Pali: Rūpavitakke …pe… saddavitakke … gandhavitakke … rasavitakke … phoṭṭhabbavitakke … dhammavitakke …pe…. [¶22] … considerations regarding sights … considerations regarding sounds … considerations regarding smells … considerations regarding tastes … considerations regarding touches … considerations regarding ideas … > Pali: Rūpavicāre …pe… saddavicāre … gandhavicāre … rasavicāre … phoṭṭhabbavicāre … dhammavicāre …pe…. [¶23] … meditates observing impermanence in the five aggregates … the aggregate of form … the aggregate of feeling … the aggregate of perception … the aggregate of choices … the aggregate of consciousness … meditates observing suffering … not-self … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … letting go …” > Pali: Pañcakkhandhe …pe… rūpakkhandhe … vedanākkhandhe … saññākkhandhe … saṅkhārakkhandhe … viññāṇakkhandhe aniccānupassī viharati …pe… dukkhānupassī viharati … anattānupassī viharati … khayānupassī viharati … vayānupassī viharati … virāgānupassī viharati … nirodhānupassī viharati … paṭinissaggānupassī viharati …pe… lokassā”ti. [¶24] > Pali: “Chadvārārammaṇesvettha, viññāṇesu ca phassesu; Vedanāsu ca dvārassa, suttā honti visuṁ aṭṭha. [¶25] > Pali: Saññā sañcetanā taṇhā, vitakkesu vicāre ca; Gocarassa visuṁ aṭṭha, pañcakkhandhe ca pacceke. [¶26] > Pali: Soḷasasvettha mūlesu, aniccaṁ dukkhamanattā; Khayā vayā virāgā ca, nirodhā paṭinissaggā. [¶27] > Pali: Kamaṁ aṭṭhānupassanā, yojetvāna visuṁ visuṁ; Sampiṇḍitesu sabbesu, honti pañca satāni ca; Aṭṭhavīsati suttāni, āhuneyye ca vaggike”. [¶28] > Pali: Āhuneyyavaggo dasamo. ## 15. Abbreviated Texts Beginning With Greed · AN 7.615–7.645–1124 Source: https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/15/ · cite a paragraph as https://scriptura.si/works/pali-anguttara-nikaya-7/15/#p-N [¶0] AN 7.615 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (1st) > Pali: AN 7.615 · ~ [¶1] “Mendicants, for insight into greed, seven things should be developed. What seven? The awakening factor of mindfulness … the awakening factor of equanimity. These seven things should be developed for insight into greed.” > Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya satta dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame satta? Satisambojjhaṅgo …pe… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo— rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime satta dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. [¶2] AN 7.616 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (2nd) > Pali: AN 7.616 · ~ [¶3] “Mendicants, for insight into greed, seven things should be developed. What seven? The perception of impermanence, the perception of not-self, the perception of ugliness, the perception of drawbacks, the perception of giving up, the perception of fading away, and the perception of cessation. These seven things should be developed for insight into greed.” > Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya satta dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame satta? Aniccasaññā, anattasaññā, asubhasaññā, ādīnavasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā, nirodhasaññā— rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime satta dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. [¶4] AN 7.617 · Untitled Discourse on Greed (3rd) > Pali: AN 7.617 · ~ [¶5] “Mendicants, for insight into greed, seven things should be developed. What seven? The perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, and not-self in suffering. These seven things should be developed for insight into greed.” > Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya satta dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame satta? Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā— rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime satta dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. [¶6] AN 7.618–644 · Untitled Discourses on Greed > Pali: AN 7.618–644 · ~ [¶7] “For the complete understanding of greed … complete ending … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … For the letting go of greed, these seven things should be developed.” > Pali: “Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya …pe… parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya …pe… paṭinissaggāya ime satta dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. [¶8] AN 7.645–1124 · Untitled Discourses on Hate, Etc. > Pali: AN 7.645–1124 · ~ [¶9] “For insight into hate … delusion … anger … acrimony … disdain … contempt … jealousy … stinginess … deceitfulness … deviousness … obstinacy … aggression … conceit … arrogance … vanity … > Pali: “Dosassa …pe… mohassa … kodhassa … upanāhassa … makkhassa … paḷāsassa … issāya … macchariyassa … māyāya … sāṭheyyassa … thambhassa … sārambhassa … mānassa … atimānassa … madassa … [¶10] For insight into negligence … complete understanding … complete ending … giving up … ending … vanishing … fading away … cessation … giving away … For the letting go of negligence these seven things should be developed.” > Pali: pamādassa abhiññāya …pe… pariññāya … parikkhayāya … pahānāya … khayāya … vayāya … virāgāya … nirodhāya … cāgāya … paṭinissaggāya …pe… ime satta dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti. [¶11] That is what the Buddha said. Satisfied, the mendicants approved what the Buddha said. > Pali: Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandunti. [¶12] > Pali: Rāgapeyyālaṁ niṭṭhitaṁ. [¶13] The Book of the Sevens is finished. > Pali: Sattakanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā.